Skip to main content

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE

How All the Residents of Vārāṇasī Became Vaiṣṇavas

The following is a summary of chapter twenty-five. A Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa who was living in Benares was a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He was always very happy to hear the glories of the Lord, and it was by his arrangement that all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī became devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He invited all the sannyāsīs to his house to meet Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and this incident has been described in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā. From that day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became famous in the city of Vārāṇasī, and many important men in that city became His followers. By and by, one of the disciples of the great sannyāsī Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī became devoted to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and this devotee explained Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and supported His views with various arguments.

One day Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to take a bath at Pañcanada, and afterwards all His devotees began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra in front of the temple of Bindu Mādhava. At this time Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and all his devotees approached the Lord. Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī immediately fell down at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and very much regretted his past behavior toward the Lord. He asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu about devotional service in terms of the Vedānta-sūtra, and the Lord told him about devotional service that is approved by great personalities who know the Vedānta-sūtra. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then pointed out that Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the proper commentary on the Vedānta-sūtra. He then explained the catuḥ-ślokī (four ślokas) of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the essence of that great scripture.

From that day on, all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī became devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Before returning to His headquarters at Jagannātha Purī, the Lord advised Sanātana Gosvāmī to go to Vṛndāvana. The Lord then departed for Jagannātha Purī. Kavirāja Gosvāmī then describes something about Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, Sanātana Gosvāmī and Subuddhi Rāya. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī through the great forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa (Jharkhand) in central India. At the end of this chapter, Kavirāja Gosvāmī sums up the incidents of the madhya-līlā and instructs every living being to read this sublime book of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes.

Bengali

বৈষ্ণবীকৃত্য সন্ন্যাসিমুখান্‌ কাশীনিবাসিনঃ ।
সনাতনং সুসংস্কৃত্য প্রভুর্নীলাদ্রিমাগমৎ ॥ ১ ॥

Text

vaiṣṇavī-kṛtya sannyāsi-
mukhān kāśī-nivāsinaḥ
sanātanaṁ su-saṁskṛtya
prabhur nīlādrim āgamat

Synonyms

vaiṣṇavī-kṛtya — making into Vaiṣṇavas; sannyāsi-mukhān — headed by the sannyāsīs; kāśī-nivāsinaḥ — the residents of Vārāṇasī; sanātanam — Sanātana Gosvāmī; su-saṁskṛtya — completely purifying; prabhuḥ — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlādrim — to Jagannātha Purī; āgamat — returned.

Translation

After converting into Vaiṣṇavas all the residents of Vārāṇasī, who were headed by the sannyāsīs, and after completely educating and instructing Sanātana Gosvāmī there, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī.

Bengali

জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥

Text

jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jaya — all glories; śrī-caitanya — to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jaya — all glories; nityānanda — to Nityānanda Prabhu; jaya — all glories; advaita-candra — to Advaita Prabhu; jaya — all glories; gaura-bhakta-vṛnda — to the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Lord Caitanya! All glories to Lord Nityānanda! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!

Bengali

এই মত মহাপ্রভু দুই মাস পর্যন্ত ।
শিখাইলা তাঁরে ভক্তিসিদ্ধান্তের অন্ত ॥ ৩ ॥

Text

ei mata mahāprabhu dui māsa paryanta
śikhāilā tāṅre bhakti-siddhāntera anta

Synonyms

ei mata — in this way; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dui māsa paryanta — for two months; śikhāilā — instructed; tāṅre — him; bhakti-siddhāntera anta — all the conclusions of devotional service.

Translation

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī in all the conclusions of devotional service for two consecutive months.

Bengali

‘পরমানন্দ কীর্তনীয়া’ — শেখরের সঙ্গী ।
প্রভুরে কীর্তন শুনায়, অতি বড় রঙ্গী ॥ ৪ ॥

Text

‘paramānanda kīrtanīyā’ — śekharera saṅgī
prabhure kīrtana śunāya, ati baḍa raṅgī

Synonyms

paramānanda kīrtanīyā — Paramānanda Kīrtanīyā; śekharera saṅgī — a friend of Candraśekhara’s; prabhure — unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kīrtana śunāya — sings and chants; ati baḍa raṅgī — very humorous.

Translation

For as long as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was in Vārāṇasī, Paramānanda Kīrtanīyā, who was a friend of Candraśekhara’s, chanted the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and other songs to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in a very humorous way.

Bengali

সন্ন্যাসীর গণ প্রভুরে যদি উপেক্ষিল ।
ভক্ত-দুঃখ খণ্ডাইতে তারে কৃপা কৈল ॥ ৫ ॥

Text

sannyāsīra gaṇa prabhure yadi upekṣila
bhakta-duḥkha khaṇḍāite tāre kṛpā kaila

Synonyms

sannyāsīra gaṇa — all the sannyāsīs; prabhure — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadi — when; upekṣila — criticized; bhakta-duḥkha — the unhappiness of the devotees; khaṇḍāite — to drive away; tāre — to them; kṛpā kaila — showed His mercy.

Translation

When the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs at Vārāṇasī criticized Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord’s devotees became very much depressed. To satisfy them, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu showed His mercy to the sannyāsīs.

Bengali

সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা পূর্বে লিখিয়াছোঁ বিস্তারিয়া ।
উদ্দেশে কহিয়ে ইহাঁ সংক্ষেপ করিয়া ॥ ৬ ॥

Text

sannyāsīre kṛpā pūrve likhiyāchoṅ vistāriyā
uddeśe kahiye ihāṅ saṅkṣepa kariyā

Synonyms

sannyāsīre kṛpā — mercy upon the sannyāsīs; pūrve — before this; likhiyāchoṅ — I have described; vistāriyā — elaborately; uddeśe — in reference to that; kahiye — let me speak; ihāṅ — here; saṅkṣepa kariyā — in brief.

Translation

In the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā I have already elaborately described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s deliverance of the sannyāsīs at Vārāṇasī, but I shall briefly repeat it in this chapter.

Bengali

যাহাঁ তাহাঁ প্রভুর নিন্দা করে সন্ন্যাসীর গণ ।
শুনি’ দুঃখে মহারাষ্ট্রীয় বিপ্র করয়ে চিন্তন ॥ ৭ ॥

Text

yāhāṅ tāhāṅ prabhura nindā kare sannyāsīra gaṇa
śuni’ duḥkhe mahārāṣṭrīya vipra karaye cintana

Synonyms

yāhāṅ tāhāṅ — anywhere and everywhere; prabhura nindā — criticism of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kare — do; sannyāsīra gaṇa — the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; śuni’ — hearing; duḥkhe — in great unhappiness; mahārāṣṭrīya vipra — the brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; karaye cintana — was contemplating.

Translation

When the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs were criticizing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu anywhere and everywhere in Vārāṇasī, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, hearing this blasphemy, began to think about this unhappily.

Bengali

“প্রভুর স্বভাব, — যেবা দেখে সন্নিধানে ।
‘স্বরূপ’ অনুভবি’ তাঁরে ‘ঈশ্বর’ করি’ মানে ॥ ৮ ॥

Text

“prabhura svabhāva, — yebā dekhe sannidhāne
‘svarūpa’ anubhavi’ tāṅre ‘īśvara’ kari’ māne

Synonyms

prabhura svabhāva — the characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yebā — anyone who; dekhe — sees; sannidhāne — nearby; svarūpa — His personality; anubhavi’ — realizing; tāṅre — Him; īśvara kari’ — as the Supreme Lord; māne — accepts.

Translation

The Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa thought, “Whoever closely sees the characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately realizes His personality and accepts Him as the Supreme Lord.

Bengali

কোন প্রকারে পারোঁ যদি একত্র করিতে ।
ইহা দেখি’ সন্ন্যাসিগণ হবে ইহাঁর ভক্তে ॥ ৯ ॥

Text

kona prakāre pāroṅ yadi ekatra karite
ihā dekhi’ sannyāsi-gaṇa habe iṅhāra bhakte

Synonyms

kona prakāre — by some means; pāroṅ — I am able; yadi — if; ekatra karite — to assemble; ihā dekhi’ — by seeing this (Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s personal characteristics); sannyāsi-gaṇa — the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī; habe — will become; iṅhāra bhakte — His devotees.

Translation

“If by some means I can assemble all the sannyāsīs together, they will certainly become His devotees after seeing His personal characteristics.

Purport

If one saw the personal characteristics and activities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one would certainly be convinced that He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can ascertain this by following in the footsteps of the śāstric injunctions. This sincere study and appreciation of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is also applicable to His authorized devotees, and it is clearly stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya-līlā 7.11):

kali-kālera dharma — kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana
kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nāhe tāra pravartana

In this Age of Kali, real religious propaganda should induce people to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. This is possible for someone who is especially empowered by Kṛṣṇa. No one can do this without being especially favored by Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura comments in this regard in his Anubhāṣya, wherein he quotes a verse from the Nārāyaṇa-saṁhitā:

dvāparīyair janair viṣṇuḥpañcarātrais tu kevalaiḥ
kalau tu nāma-mātreṇa
pūjyate bhagavān hariḥ

“In Dvāpara-yuga, devotees of Lord Viṣṇu and Kṛṣṇa rendered devotional service according to the principles of Pāñcarātra. In this Age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped simply by the chanting of His holy names.” Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura then comments, “Without being empowered by the direct potency of Lord Kṛṣṇa to fulfill His desire and without being specifically favored by the Lord, no human being can become the spiritual master of the whole world. He certainly cannot succeed by mental concoction, which is not meant for devotees or religious people. Only an empowered personality can distribute the holy name of the Lord and enjoin all fallen souls to worship Kṛṣṇa. By distributing the holy name of the Lord, he cleanses the hearts of the most fallen people; therefore he extinguishes the blazing fire of the material world. Not only that, he broadcasts the shining brightness of Kṛṣṇa’s effulgence throughout the world. Such an ācārya, or spiritual master, should be considered nondifferent from Kṛṣṇa — that is, he should be considered the incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s potency. Such a personality is kṛṣṇāliṅgita-vigraha — that is, he is always embraced by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Such a person is above the considerations of the varṇāśrama institution. He is the guru, or spiritual master, for the entire world, a devotee on the topmost platform, the mahā-bhāgavata stage, and a paramahaṁsa-ṭhākura, a spiritual form only fit to be addressed as paramahaṁsa or ṭhākura.

Nonetheless, there are many people who are just like owls and never open their eyes to see the sunshine. These owlish personalities, who are inferior even to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, cannot see the brilliance of Kṛṣṇa’s favor upon the mahā-bhāgavata devotee. They are prepared to criticize the person engaged in distributing the holy name all over the world and following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who wanted Kṛṣṇa consciousness preached in every town and city.

Bengali

বারাণসী-বাস আমার হয় সর্বকালে ।
সর্বকাল দুঃখ পাব, ইহা না করিলে ॥” ১০ ॥

Text

vārāṇasī-vāsa āmāra haya sarva-kāle
sarva-kāla duḥkha pāba, ihā nā karile”

Synonyms

vārāṇasī-vāsa — residence at Vārāṇasī; āmāra — my; haya — there is; sarva-kāle — always; sarva-kāla — always; duḥkha pāba — I will suffer unhappiness; ihā — this; karile — if I do not execute.

Translation

“I shall have to reside at Vārāṇasī the rest of my life. If I do not try to carry out this plan, I shall certainly continue to suffer mental depression.”

Bengali

এত চিন্তি’ নিমন্ত্রিল সন্ন্যাসীর গণে ।
তবে সেই বিপ্র আইল মহাপ্রভুর স্থানে ॥ ১১ ॥

Text

eta cinti’ nimantrila sannyāsīra gaṇe
tabe sei vipra āila mahāprabhura sthāne

Synonyms

eta cinti’ — thinking this; nimantrila — he invited; sannyāsīra gaṇe — all the sannyāsīs; tabe — then; sei vipra — that brāhmaṇa; āila — approached; mahāprabhura sthāne — the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Thinking like this, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa extended an invitation to all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī. After doing this, he finally approached Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to extend Him an invitation.

Bengali

হেনকালে নিন্দা শুনি’ শেখর, তপন ।
দুঃখ পাঞা প্রভু-পদে কৈলা নিবেদন ॥ ১২ ॥

Text

hena-kāle nindā śuni’ śekhara, tapana
duḥkha pāñā prabhu-pade kailā nivedana

Synonyms

hena-kāle — exactly at this time; nindā śuni’ — by hearing the criticism (of Lord Caitanya by the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs); śekhara tapana — Candraśekhara and Tapana Miśra; duḥkha pāñā — feeling very unhappy; prabhu-pade — unto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā nivedana — submitted a request.

Translation

At this time, Candraśekhara and Tapana Miśra both heard blasphemous criticism against Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and felt very unhappy. They came to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet to submit a request.

Bengali

ভক্ত-দুঃখ দেখি’ প্রভু মনেতে চিন্তিল ।
সন্ন্যাসীর মন ফিরাইতে মন হইল ॥ ১৩ ॥

Text

bhakta-duḥkha dekhi’ prabhu manete cintila
sannyāsīra mana phirāite mana ha-ila

Synonyms

bhakta-duḥkha dekhi’ — seeing the unhappiness of the devotees; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; manete cintila — considered within His mind; sannyāsīra mana — the minds of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; phirāite — to turn; mana ha-ila — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu decided.

Translation

They submitted their request, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, seeing His devotees’ unhappiness, decided to turn the minds of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs.

Bengali

হেনকালে বিপ্র আসি’ করিল নিমন্ত্রণ ।
অনেক দৈন্যাদি করি’ ধরিল চরণ ॥ ১৪ ॥

Text

hena-kāle vipra āsi’ karila nimantraṇa
aneka dainyādi kari’ dharila caraṇa

Synonyms

hena-kāle — at this time; vipra — the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; āsi’ — coming; karila nimantraṇa — invited Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; aneka — various; dainya-ādi — submissions; kari’ — doing; dharila caraṇa — touched His lotus feet.

Translation

While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was seriously considering meeting with the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa approached Him and extended an invitation. The brāhmaṇa submitted his invitation with great humility, and he touched the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

তবে মহাপ্রভু তাঁর নিমন্ত্রণ মানিলা ।
আর দিন মধ্যাহ্ন করি’ তাঁর ঘরে গেলা ॥ ১৫ ॥

Text

tabe mahāprabhu tāṅra nimantraṇa mānilā
āra dina madhyāhna kari’ tāṅra ghare gelā

Synonyms

tabe — after this; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅra — his; nimantraṇa — invitation; mānilā — accepted; āra dina — the next day; madhyāhna kari’ — after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras); tāṅra ghare gelā — He went to the house of the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted his invitation, and the next day, after finishing His noontime activities, He went to the brāhmaṇa’s house.

Bengali

তাহাঁ যৈছে কৈলা প্রভু সন্ন্যাসীর নিস্তার ।
পঞ্চতত্ত্বাখ্যানে তাহা করিয়াছি বিস্তার ॥ ১৬ ॥

Text

tāhāṅ yaiche kailā prabhu sannyāsīra nistāra
pañca-tattvākhyāne tāhā kariyāchi vistāra

Synonyms

tāhāṅ — there; yaiche — how; kailā — performed; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sannyāsīra — of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; nistāra — deliverance; pañca-tattva-ākhyāne — in describing the glories of the Pañca-tattva (Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, Prabhu Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara and Śrīvāsa); tāhā — that subject matter; kariyāchi vistāra — have described elaborately.

Translation

I have already described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s deliverance of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā, when I described the glories of the Pañca-tattva — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu, Gadādhara Prabhu and Śrīvāsa.

Bengali

গ্রন্থ বাড়ে, পুনরুক্তি হয় ত’ কথন ।
তাহাঁ যে না লিখিলুঁ, তাহা করিয়ে লিখন ॥ ১৭ ॥

Text

grantha bāḍe, punarukti haya ta’ kathana
tāhāṅ ye nā likhiluṅ, tāhā kariye likhana

Synonyms

grantha — the size of the book; bāḍe — increases; punar-ukti — repetition; haya — would be; ta’ kathana — of subject matters once described; tāhāṅ — there (in the seventh chapter); ye — whatever; likhiluṅ — I have not described; tāhā — that; kariye likhana — I am writing.

Translation

Since I have already described this incident very elaborately in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā, I do not wish to increase the size of this book by giving another description. However, I shall try to include in this chapter whatever was not described there.

Bengali

যে দিবস প্রভু সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা কৈল ।
সে দিবস হৈতে গ্রামে কোলাহল হৈল ॥ ১৮ ॥

Text

ye divasa prabhu sannyāsīre kṛpā kaila
se divasa haite grāme kolāhala haila

Synonyms

ye divasa — the day when; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sannyāsīre — to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; kṛpā kaila — showed His mercy; se divasa haite — beginning from that day; grāme — in the locality; kolāhala haila — there were many talks about this incident.

Translation

Beginning from the day on which Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu showed His mercy to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, there were vivid discussions about this conversion among the inhabitants of Vārāṇasī.

Bengali

লোকের সংঘট্ট আইসে প্ৰভুরে দেখিতে ।
নানা শাস্ত্রে পণ্ডিত আইসে শাস্ত্র বিচারিতে ॥ ১৯ ॥

Text

lokera saṅghaṭṭa āise prabhure dekhite
nānā śāstre paṇḍita āise śāstra vicārite

Synonyms

lokera saṅghaṭṭa — crowds of men; āise — come; prabhure dekhite — to see Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nānā śāstre paṇḍita — scholars learned in various scriptures; āise — used to come; śāstra vicārite — to talk on various scriptures.

Translation

Crowds of people came to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu from that day on, and scholars of various scriptures discussed different subject matters with the Lord.

Bengali

সর্বশাস্ত্র খণ্ডি’ প্রভু ‘ভক্তি’ করে সার ।
সযুক্তিক বাক্যে মন ফিরায় সবার ॥ ২০ ॥

Text

sarva-śāstra khaṇḍi’ prabhu ‘bhakti’ kare sāra
sayuktika vākye mana phirāya sabāra

Synonyms

sarva-śāstra khaṇḍi’ — defeating all the false conclusions of different scriptures; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakti kare sāra — established the predominance of devotional service; sa-yuktika vākye — by talks full of pleasing logic and arguments; mana phirāya — turns the minds; sabāra — of everyone.

Translation

When people came to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to discuss the principles of various scriptures, the Lord defeated their false conclusions and established the predominance of devotional service to the Lord. With logic and argument He very politely changed their minds.

Purport

We have been spreading this saṅkīrtana movement in the Western countries, and in our recent tour of European cities like Rome, Geneva, Paris and Frankfurt, many learned Christian scholars, priests, philosophers and yogīs came to see us, and by the grace of Kṛṣṇa they agreed that the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, the bhakti cult, offers the topmost conclusion. Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we are trying to convince everyone that the devotional service of the Lord is enjoined in every scripture. If a person is religious, he must accept the supreme authority of the Lord, become His devotee and try to love Him. This is the real principle of religion. It does not matter whether one is Christian, Muslim or whatever. He simply must accept the sublime position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and render service unto Him. It is not a question of being Christian, Muslim or Hindu. One should be purely religious and freed from all these material designations. In this way one can learn the art of devotional service. This argument appeals to all intelligent men, and consequently the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is gaining ground throughout the world. Due to our solid logic and scientific presentation, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s prediction that Kṛṣṇa consciousness will spread to every town and village throughout the world is gradually being realized.

Bengali

উপদেশ লঞা করে কৃষ্ণ-সংকীর্তন ।
সর্বলোক হাসে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ২১ ॥

Text

upadeśa lañā kare kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana
sarva-loka hāse, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

upadeśa lañā — getting instructions from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kare — join; kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana — the saṅkīrtana movement; sarva-loka hāse — everyone began to laugh in pleasure; gāya — chant; karaye nartana — and dance.

Translation

As soon as people received instructions from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they began to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Thus everyone laughed, chanted and danced with the Lord.

Bengali

প্রভুরে প্রণত হৈল সন্ন্যাসীর গণ ।
আত্মমধ্যে গোষ্ঠী করে ছাড়ি’ অধ্যয়ন ॥ ২২ ॥

Text

prabhure praṇata haila sannyāsīra gaṇa
ātma-madhye goṣṭhī kare chāḍi’ adhyayana

Synonyms

prabhure — unto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; praṇata haila — offered obeisances; sannyāsīra gaṇa — all the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; ātma-madhye — among themselves; goṣṭhī kare — discussed; chāḍi’ adhyayana — giving up so-called studies of Vedānta.

Translation

All the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs offered their obeisances unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and then began to discuss His movement, giving up their studies of Vedānta and Māyāvāda philosophy.

Bengali

প্রকাশানন্দের শিষ্য এক তাঁহার সমান ।
সভামধ্যে কহে প্রভুর করিয়া সম্মান ॥ ২৩ ॥

Text

prakāśānandera śiṣya eka tāṅhāra samāna
sabhā-madhye kahe prabhura kariyā sammāna

Synonyms

prakāśānandera śiṣya eka — one of the disciples of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; tāṅhāra samāna — equal in learning with Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; sabhā-madhye — in the assembly of the sannyāsīs; kahe — explains; prabhura kariyā sammāna — respecting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu seriously.

Translation

One of the disciples of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, who was as learned as his guru, began to speak in that assembly, offering all respects to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

“শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য হয় ‘সাক্ষাৎ নারায়ণ’ ।
‘ব্যাসসূত্রের’ অর্থ করেন অতি-মনোরম ॥ ২৪ ॥

Text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya haya ‘sākṣāt nārāyaṇa’
‘vyāsa-sūtrera’ artha karena ati-manorama

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya — Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haya — is; sākṣāt nārāyaṇa — directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa; vyāsa-sūtrera — the aphorisms of Vyāsadeva (Vedānta-sūtra); artha karena — He explains; ati-manorama — very nicely.

Translation

He said, “Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa Himself. When He explains the Vedānta-sūtra, He does so very nicely.

Bengali

উপনিষদের করেন মুখ্যার্থ ব্যাখ্যান ।
শুনিয়া পণ্ডিত-লোকের জুড়ায় মন-কাণ ॥ ২৫ ॥

Text

upaniṣadera karena mukhyārtha vyākhyāna
śuniyā paṇḍita-lokera juḍāya mana-kāṇa

Synonyms

upaniṣadera — of the Vedic version known as the Upaniṣads; karena — He does; mukhya-artha — the original meaning; vyākhyāna — explanation; śuniyā — hearing; paṇḍita-lokera — of the learned scholars; juḍāya — satisfies; mana-kāṇa — the minds and ears.

Translation

“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explains the direct meaning of the Upaniṣads. When all learned scholars hear this, their minds and ears are satisfied.

Bengali

সূত্র-উপনিষদের মুখ্যার্থ ছাড়িয়া ।
আচার্য ‘কল্পনা’ করে আগ্রহ করিয়া ॥ ২৬ ॥

Text

sūtra-upaniṣadera mukhyārtha chāḍiyā
ācārya ‘kalpanā’ kare āgraha kariyā

Synonyms

sūtra-upaniṣadera — of the Vedānta-sūtra and the Upaniṣads; mukhya-artha — the direct meaning; chāḍiyā — giving up; ācārya — Śaṅkarācārya; kalpanā — imagination; kare — does; āgraha kariyā — with great eagerness.

Translation

“Giving up the direct meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra and the Upaniṣads, Śaṅkarācārya imagines some other interpretation.

Bengali

আচার্য-কল্পিত অর্থ যে পণ্ডিত শুনে ।
মুখে ‘হয়’ ‘হয়’ করে, হৃদয় না মানে ॥ ২৭ ॥

Text

ācārya-kalpita artha ye paṇḍita śune
mukhe ‘haya’ ‘haya’ kare, hṛdaya nā māne

Synonyms

ācārya-kalpita — imagined by Śaṅkarācārya; artha — meaning; ye paṇḍita śune — any learned person who hears; mukhe — only in the mouth; haya haya — yes it is, yes it is; kare — does; hṛdaya — his heart; māne — does not accept.

Translation

“All the interpretations of Śaṅkarācārya are imaginary. Such imaginary interpretations are verbally accepted by learned scholars, but they do not appeal to the heart.

Bengali

শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বাক্য দৃঢ় সত্য মানি ।
কলিকালে সন্ন্যাসে ‘সংসার’ নাহি জিনি ॥ ২৮ ॥

Text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya dṛḍha satya māni
kali-kāle sannyāse ‘saṁsāra’ nāhi jini

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya — the words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dṛḍha — very firm and convincing; satya māni — I admit as truth; kali-kāle — in this Age of Kali; sannyāse — simply by accepting the renounced order of life; saṁsāra nāhi jini — one cannot escape the material clutches.

Translation

“The words of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu are firm and convincing, and I accept them as true. In this Age of Kali, one cannot be delivered from the material clutches simply by formally accepting the renounced order.

Bengali

হরের্নাম-শ্লোকের যেই করিলা ব্যাখ্যান ।
সেই সত্য সুখদার্থ পরম প্রমাণ ॥ ২৯ ॥

Text

harer nāma-ślokera yei karilā vyākhyāna
sei satya sukhadārtha parama pramāṇa

Synonyms

harer nāma-ślokera — of the verse beginning harer nāma harer nāma; yei — whatever; karilā — made; vyākhyāna — the explanation; sei — that; satya — true; sukha-da-artha — a meaning that is pleasing to accept; parama pramāṇa — the supreme evidence.

Translation

“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the verse beginning ‘harer nāma harer nāma’ is not only pleasing to the ear but is strong, factual evidence.

Bengali

ভক্তি বিনা মুক্তি নহে, ভাগবতে কয় ।
কলিকালে নামাভাসে সুখে মুক্তি হয় ॥ ৩০ ॥

Text

bhakti vinā mukti nahe, bhāgavate kaya
kali-kāle nāmābhāse sukhe mukti haya

Synonyms

bhakti vinā — without devotional service; mukti nahe — there is no question of liberation; bhāgavate kaya — it is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; kali-kāle — in this Age of Kali; nāma-ābhāse — even by a slight appreciation of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; sukhe — without difficulty; mukti haya — one can get liberation.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali, one cannot attain liberation without taking to the devotional service of the Lord. In this age, even if one chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa imperfectly, he still attains liberation very easily.

Bengali

শ্রেয়ঃসৃতিং ভক্তিমুদস্য তে বিভো
ক্লিশ্যন্তি যে কেবলবোধলব্ধয়ে ।
তেষামসৌ ক্লেশল এব শিষ্যতে
নান্যদ্‌যথা স্থূলতুষাবঘাতিনাম্ ॥ ৩১ ॥

Text

śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho
kliśyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye
teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate
nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām

Synonyms

śreyaḥ-sṛtim — the auspicious path of liberation; bhaktim — devotional service; udasya — giving up; te — of You; vibho — O my Lord; kliśyanti — accept increased difficulties; ye — all those persons who; kevala — only; bodha-labdhaye — for obtaining knowledge; teṣām — for them; asau — that; kleśalaḥ — trouble; eva — only; śiṣyate — remains; na — not; anyat — anything else; yathā — as much as; sthūla — bulky; tuṣa — husks of rice; avaghātinām — of those beating.

Translation

“ ‘My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If one gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that these living beings are spirit souls and the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His actions are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice. His labor becomes fruitless.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.4).

Bengali

যেঽন্যেঽরবিন্দাক্ষ বিমুক্তমানিন-
স্ত্বয্যস্তভাবাদবিশুদ্ধবুদ্ধয়ঃ ।
আরুহ্য কৃচ্ছ্রেণ পরং পদং ততঃ
পতন্ত্যধোঽনাদৃতযুষ্মদঙ্ঘ্রয়ঃ ॥ ৩২ ॥

Text

ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas
tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ
patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ

Synonyms

ye — all those who; anye — others (nondevotees); aravinda-akṣa — O lotus-eyed one; vimukta-māninaḥ — who consider themselves liberated; tvayi — unto You; asta-bhāvāt — without devotion; aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ — whose intelligence is not purified; āruhya — having ascended; kṛcchreṇa — by severe austerities and penances; param padam — to the supreme position; tataḥ — from there; patanti — fall; adhaḥ — down; anādṛta — without respecting; yuṣmat — Your; aṅghrayaḥ — lotus feet.

Translation

“ ‘O lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but who are devoid of devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. Although they accept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position, to impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32).

Bengali

‘ব্ৰহ্ম’-শব্দে কহে ‘ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ ভগবান্’ ।
তাঁরে ‘নির্বিশেষ’ স্থাপি, ‘পূর্ণতা’ হয় হান ॥ ৩৩ ॥

Text

‘brahma’-śabde kahe ‘ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa bhagavān’
tāṅre ‘nirviśeṣa’ sthāpi, ‘pūrṇatā’ haya hāna

Synonyms

brahma-śabde — by the word brahma; kahe — is meant; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in all six opulences; tāṅre — Him; nirviśeṣa sthāpi — if we make impersonal; pūrṇatā haya hāna — His completeness becomes damaged.

Translation

“The word ‘Brahman’ [‘the greatest’] indicates the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in all six opulences. But if we take the onesided impersonalist view, His fullness is diminished.

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is originally the Supreme Person, and He expands Himself impersonally through His potency. As the Lord says in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4):

mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁjagad avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ

“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.” The potency of Kṛṣṇa that is spread everywhere is impersonal, just as the sunlight is the impersonal expansion of the sun globe and the sun-god. If we simply take one side of the Supreme Personality of Godhead — His impersonal effulgence — that one side does not fully explain the Absolute Truth. Impersonal appreciation of the Absolute Truth is one-sided and incomplete. One should also accept the other side, the personal side — Bhagavān. Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate. One should not be satisfied simply by understanding the Brahman feature of the Personality of Godhead. One must also know the Lord’s personal feature. That is complete understanding of the Absolute Truth.

Bengali

শ্রুতি-পুরাণ কহে — কৃষ্ণের চিচ্ছক্তি-বিলাস ।
তাহা নাহি মানি, পণ্ডিত করে উপহাস ॥ ৩৪ ॥

Text

śruti-purāṇa kahe — kṛṣṇera cic-chakti-vilāsa
tāhā nāhi māni, paṇḍita kare upahāsa

Synonyms

śruti-purāṇa kahe — the Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the Brahma-sūtra and the Purāṇas confirm; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; cit-śakti-vilāsa — activities of spiritual potencies; tāhā nāhi māni — not accepting that; paṇḍita kare upahāsa — so-called scholars play jokes without perfect understanding.

Translation

“The Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the Brahma-sūtra and the Purāṇas all describe the activities of the spiritual potency of the Lord. If one cannot accept the personal activities of the Lord, he jokes foolishly and gives an impersonal description.

Purport

In the Vedic literatures, including the Purāṇas, there are full descriptions of the spiritual potency of Kṛṣṇa. All the pastimes of the Lord are eternal, blissful and full of knowledge, just as the form of Kṛṣṇa Himself is eternal, blissful and full of knowledge (sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha). Unintelligent people with a poor fund of knowledge compare their temporary bodies to the spiritual body of Kṛṣṇa, and by such foolishness they try to understand Kṛṣṇa as one of them. Avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam. The Bhagavad-gītā (9.11) points out that foolish people think of Kṛṣṇa as one of them. Not understanding His spiritual potency, they simply decry the personal form of the Absolute Truth, foolishly thinking of themselves as jñānīs cognizant of the complete truth. They cannot understand that just as the material energy of the Lord has a variety of activities, the spiritual energy has variety also. They consider activities in devotional service the same as activities in material consciousness. Under such a wrong impression, they sometimes dare joke about the spiritual activities of the Lord and His devotional service.

Bengali

চিদানন্দ কৃষ্ণবিগ্রহ ‘মায়িক’ করি’ মানি ।
এই বড় ‘পাপ’, — সত্য চৈতন্যের বাণী ॥ ৩৫ ॥

Text

cid-ānanda kṛṣṇa-vigraha ‘māyika’ kari’ māni
ei baḍa ‘pāpa’, — satya caitanyera vāṇī

Synonyms

cit-ānanda kṛṣṇa-vigraha — the transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa, which is completely spiritual; māyika kari’ māni — accept as made of the external energy, māyā; ei baḍa pāpa — this is a great act of sin; satya — true; caitanyera vāṇī — the words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

“The Māyāvādīs do not recognize the personal form of the Lord as spiritual and full of bliss. This is a great sin. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s statements are actually factual.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s movement especially aims at defeating the Māyāvāda conclusion about the Absolute Truth. Since the members of the Māyāvāda school cannot understand the spiritual form of the Lord, they incorrectly think the Lord’s form is also made of material energy. They think that He is covered by a material body just like other living beings. Due to this offensive understanding, they cannot recognize that Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s personal form is transcendental, not material. Their conclusion is a great offense at the lotus feet of the Lord. As explained by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Śrī Kṛṣṇa has His eternal, blissful form that is full of knowledge, and all Vaiṣṇava ācāryas accept this. That is the proper understanding of the Absolute Truth.

Bengali

নাতঃ পরং পরম যদ্ভবতঃ স্বরূপ-
মানন্দমাত্রমবিকল্পমবিদ্ধবর্চঃ ।
পশ্যামি বিশ্বসৃজমেকমবিশ্বমাত্মন্
ভূতেন্দ্রিয়াত্মকমদস্ত উপাশ্রিতোঽস্মি ॥ ৩৬ ॥

Text

nātaḥ paraṁ parama yad bhavataḥ svarūpam
ānanda-mātram avikalpam aviddha-varcaḥ
paśyāmi viśva-sṛjam ekam aviśvam ātman
bhūtendriyātmakam adas ta upāśrito ’smi

Synonyms

na — not; ataḥ — than this; param — more supreme; parama — O supreme one; yat — which; bhavataḥ — of Your Lordship; svarūpam — the personal form; ānanda — of transcendental bliss; mātram — only; avikalpam — where there is no creation; aviddha — without contamination; varcaḥ — having an effulgence; paśyāmi — I see; viśva-sṛjam ekam — who alone has created this universe; aviśvam — not belonging to the destructible material world; ātman — O Supreme Soul; bhūta-indriya-ātmakam — the original cause of the senses and the living beings; adaḥ — transcendental; te — unto You; upāśritaḥ asmi — I take full shelter.

Translation

“ ‘O supreme one, the transcendental form I am now seeing is full of transcendental bliss. It is not contaminated by the external energy. It is full of effulgence. My Lord, there is no better understanding of You than this. You are the Supreme Soul and the creator of this material world, but You are not connected with this material world. You are completely different from created form and variety. I sincerely take shelter of that form of Yours which I am now seeing. This form is the original source of all living beings and their senses.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.9.3). This verse was spoken by Lord Brahmā, who perfectly realized the Supreme Personality of Godhead after meditating upon the Lord within the water of the Garbhodaka Ocean. Brahmā realized that the form of the Lord is completely spiritual. This is certainly a better understanding of the Absolute Truth than the impersonal understanding.

Bengali

দৃষ্টং শ্রুতং ভূত-ভবদ্‌ভবিষ্যৎ স্থাস্নুশ্চরিষ্ণুর্মহদল্পকং বা ।
বিনাচ্যুতাদ্‌বস্তু তরাং ন বাচ্যং স এব সর্বং পরমাত্মভূতঃ ॥ ৩৭ ॥

Text

dṛṣṭaṁ śrutaṁ bhūta-bhavad-bhaviṣyat
sthāsnuś cariṣṇur mahad alpakaṁ vā
vinācyutād vastu-tarāṁ na vācyaṁ
sa eva sarvaṁ paramātma-bhūtaḥ

Synonyms

dṛṣṭam — experienced by direct perception; śrutam — experienced by hearing; bhūta — past; bhavat — present; bhaviṣyat — which will be in the future; sthāsnuḥ — immovable; cariṣṇuḥ — movable; mahat — the greatest; alpakam — the smallest; — or; vinā — except; acyutāt — the infallible Personality of Godhead; vastu-tarām — anything else; na vācyam — not to be spoken; saḥ — that Supreme Personality of Godhead; eva — certainly; sarvam — everything; paramātma-bhūtaḥ — the origin of all causes.

Translation

“ ‘Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the cause of all causes. He is past, present and future, and He is the movable and immovable. He is the greatest and the smallest, and He is visible and directly experienced. He is celebrated in the Vedic literature. Everything is Kṛṣṇa, and without Him there is no existence. He is the root of all understanding, and He is that which is understood by all words.’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.46.43) was spoken by Uddhava when he came to pacify all the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana during Kṛṣṇa’s absence.

Bengali

তদ্বা ইদং ভুবনমঙ্গল মঙ্গলায়
ধ্যানে স্ম নো দরশিতং ত উপাসকানাম্ ।
তস্মৈ নমো ভগবতেঽনুবিধেম তুভ্যং
যোঽনাদৃতো নরকভাগ ভিরসৎপ্ৰসঙ্গৈঃ ॥ ৩৮ ॥

Text

tad vā idaṁ bhuvana-maṅgala maṅgalāya
dhyāne sma no daraśitaṁ ta upāsakānām
tasmai namo bhagavate ’nuvidhema tubhyaṁ
yo ’nādṛto naraka-bhāgbhir asat-prasaṅgaiḥ

Synonyms

tat — that; — or; idam — this; bhuvana-maṅgala — O most auspicious of the entire world; maṅgalāya — for the benefit; dhyāne — in meditation; sma — certainly; naḥ — of us; daraśitam — manifested; te — by You; upāsakānām — of devotees engaged in devotional service; tasmai — unto Him; namaḥ — all obeisances; bhagavate — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anuvidhema — we offer obeisances, following in the footsteps of the ācāryas; tubhyam — unto You; yaḥ — who is; anādṛtaḥ — not much appreciated; naraka-bhāgbhiḥ — by persons who are destined to go to a hellish condition of life; asat-prasaṅgaiḥ — who discuss the Supreme Personality of Godhead illogically.

Translation

“ ‘O most auspicious one! For our benefit, You enable our worship of You by manifesting Your transcendental form, which You show to us in our meditation. We offer our respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Person, and we worship You, whom impersonalists do not accept due to their poor fund of knowledge. Thus they are liable to descend into a hellish condition.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.9.4).

Bengali

অবজানন্তি মাং মূঢ়া মানুষীং তনুমাশ্রিতম্ ।
পরং ভাবমজানন্তো মম ভূতমহেশ্বরম্ ॥ ৩৯ ॥

Text

avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā
mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
mama bhūta-maheśvaram

Synonyms

avajānanti — decry; mām — Me; mūḍhāḥ — rascals; mānuṣīm — just like a human being; tanum — a body; āśritam — accepted; param — supreme; bhāvam — position; ajānantaḥ — without knowing; mama — My; bhūta-mahā-īśvaram — exalted position as the Supreme Person, creator of the material world.

Translation

“ ‘Fools disrespect Me because I appear like a human being. They do not know My supreme position as the cause of all causes, the creator of the material energy.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (9.11).

Bengali

তানহং দ্বিষতঃ ক্রূরান্ সংসারেষু নরাধমান্ ।
ক্ষিপাম্যজস্রমশুভানাসুরীষ্বেব যোনিষু ॥ ৪০ ॥

Text

tān ahaṁ dviṣataḥ krūrān
saṁsāreṣu narādhamān
kṣipāmy ajasram aśubhān
āsurīṣv eva yoniṣu

Synonyms

tān — all of them; aham — I; dviṣataḥ — those who are envious; krūrān — always willing to do harm; saṁsāreṣu — in this material world; nara-adhamān — the lowest of men; kṣipāmi — throw; ajasram — again and again; aśubhān — engaged in inauspicious acts; āsurīṣu — demoniac; eva — certainly; yoniṣu — in families.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are envious of My form, who are cruel and mischievous and the lowest among men, are perpetually cast by Me into hellish existence in various demoniac species of life.’

Purport

This is also a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (16.19).

Bengali

সূত্রের পরিণাম-বাদ, তাহা না মানিয়া ।
‘বিবর্তবাদ’ স্থাপে, ‘ব্যাস ভ্রান্ত’ বলিয়া ॥ ৪১ ॥

Text

sūtrera pariṇāma-vāda, tāhā nā māniyā
‘vivarta-vāda’ sthāpe, ‘vyāsa bhrānta’ baliyā

Synonyms

sūtrera — of the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; pariṇāma-vāda — the transformation of energy; tāhā māniyā — not accepting this fact; vivarta-vāda — the theory of illusion; sthāpe — establishes; vyāsa bhrānta baliyā — accusing Vyāsadeva of being mistaken.

Translation

“Not accepting the transformation of energy, Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has tried to establish the theory of illusion under the plea that Vyāsadeva has made a mistake.

Purport

For an explanation of this verse, one may refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verses 121-126.

Bengali

এই ত’ কল্পিত অর্থ মনে নাহি ভায় ।
শাস্ত্র ছাড়ি’ কুকল্পনা পাষণ্ডে বুঝায় ॥ ৪২ ॥

Text

ei ta’ kalpita artha mane nāhi bhāya
śāstra chāḍi’ kukalpanā pāṣaṇḍe bujhāya

Synonyms

ei ta’ — this; kalpita — imaginary; artha — meaning; mane — to the mind; nāhi — does not; bhāya — appeal; śāstra — the authoritative scriptures; chāḍi’ — giving up; ku-kalpanā — mischievous imagination; pāṣaṇḍe — to the atheistic class of men; bujhāya — teaches.

Translation

“Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has given his interpretation and imaginary meaning. It does not actually appeal to the mind of any sane man. He has done this to convince the atheists and bring them under his control.

Purport

Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya’s propaganda opposed the atheistic philosophy of Buddha. Lord Buddha’s intention was to stop atheists from committing the sin of killing animals. Atheists cannot understand God; therefore Lord Buddha appeared and spread the philosophy of nonviolence to keep the atheists from killing animals. Unless one is free from the sin of animal-killing, he cannot understand religion or God. Although Lord Buddha was an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa, he did not speak about God, for the people were unable to understand. He simply wanted to stop animal-killing. Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya wanted to establish the predominance of one’s spiritual identity; therefore he wanted to convert the atheists through an imaginary interpretation of the Vedic literatures. These are the secrets of the ācāryas. Sometimes they conceal the real purport of the Vedas and explain the Vedas in a different way. Sometimes they enunciate a different theory just to bring the atheists under their control. Thus it is said that Śaṅkara’s philosophy is for pāṣaṇḍas, atheists.

Bengali

পরমার্থ-বিচার গেল, করি মাত্র ‘বাদ’ ।
কাহাঁ মুক্তি পাব, কাহাঁ কৃষ্ণের প্রসাদ ॥ ৪৩ ॥

Text

paramārtha-vicāra gela, kari mātra ‘vāda’
kāhāṅ mukti pāba, kāhāṅ kṛṣṇera prasāda

Synonyms

parama-artha-vicāra — discussion on spiritual matters; gela — has gone; kari — we do; mātra vāda — only argument and word jugglery; kāhāṅ — where; mukti — liberation; pāba — we shall get; kāhāṅ — where; kṛṣṇera prasāda — the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“The atheists, headed by the Māyāvādī philosophers, do not care for liberation or Kṛṣṇa’s mercy. They simply continue to put forward false arguments and countertheories to atheistic philosophy, not considering or engaging in spiritual matters.

Bengali

ব্যাসসূত্রের অর্থ আচার্য করিয়াছে আচ্ছাদন ।
এই হয় সত্য শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বচন ॥ ৪৪ ॥

Text

vyāsa-sūtrera artha ācārya kariyāche ācchādana
ei haya satya śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vacana

Synonyms

vyāsa-sūtrera — of the aphorisms of the Vedānta known as Vyāsa-sūtra; artha — the meanings; ācārya — Śaṅkarācārya; kariyāche ācchādana — has purposely covered; ei — this; haya — is; satya — the truth; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vacana — the words and explanation given by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

“The conclusion is that the import of the Vedānta-sūtra is covered by the imaginary explanation of Śaṅkarācārya. Whatever Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said is perfectly true.

Bengali

চৈতন্য-গোসাঞি যেই কহে, সেই মত সার ।
আর যত মত, সেই সব ছারখার ॥” ৪৫ ॥

Text

caitanya-gosāñi yei kahe, sei mata sāra
āra yata mata, sei saba chārakhāra”

Synonyms

caitanya-gosāñi — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yei kahe — whatever He has said; sei mata sāra — that explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge; āra yata mata — any other opinion not in collaboration with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s statement; sei — these; saba chārakhāra — all distortions.

Translation

“Whatever meaning Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gives is perfect. Any other interpretation is only a distortion.”

Bengali

এত কহি’ সেই করে কৃষ্ণসংকীর্তন ।
শুনি’ প্রকাশানন্দ কিছু কহেন বচন ॥ ৪৬ ॥

Text

eta kahi’ sei kare kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana
śuni’ prakāśānanda kichu kahena vacana

Synonyms

eta kahi’ — speaking so much; sei — the disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; kare — performed; kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana — the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; śuni’ — hearing; prakāśānanda — the guru, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; kichu — something; kahena — says; vacana — words.

Translation

After saying this, the disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Hearing this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī made the following statement.

Bengali

“আচার্যের আগ্রহ — ‘অদ্বৈতবাদ’ স্থাপিতে ।
তাতে সূত্রার্থ ব্যাখ্যা করে অন্য রীতে ॥ ৪৭ ॥

Text

“ācāryera āgraha — ‘advaita-vāda’ sthāpite
tāte sūtrārtha vyākhyā kare anya rīte

Synonyms

ācāryera — of Śaṅkarācārya; āgraha — the eagerness; advaita-vāda — monism; sthāpite — to establish; tāte — for that reason; sūtra-artha — the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra, or Vedānta philosophy; vyākhyā — explanation; kare — does; anya rīte — in a different way.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said, “Śaṅkarācārya was very eager to establish the philosophy of monism. Therefore he explained the Vedānta-sūtra, or Vedānta philosophy, in a different way to support monistic philosophy.

Bengali

‘ভগবত্তা’ মানিলে ‘অদ্বৈত’ না যায় স্থাপন ।
অতএব সব শাস্ত্র করয়ে খণ্ডন ॥ ৪৮ ॥

Text

‘bhagavattā’ mānile ‘advaita’ nā yāya sthāpana
ataeva saba śāstra karaye khaṇḍana

Synonyms

bhagavattā — the Personality of Godhead; mānile — if one accepts; advaita — monism or nondualism; — not; yāya — is possible; sthāpana — establishing; ataeva — therefore; saba — all; śāstra — revealed scriptures; karaye — does; khaṇḍana — refutation.

Translation

“If one accepts the Personality of Godhead, the philosophy that maintains that God and the living entity are one cannot be established. Therefore Śaṅkarācārya argued against and refuted all kinds of revealed scriptures.

Bengali

যেই গ্রন্থকর্তা চাহে স্ব-মত স্থাপিতে ।
শাস্ত্রের সহজ অর্থ নহে তাঁহে হৈতে ॥ ৪৯ ॥

Text

yei grantha-kartā cāhe sva-mata sthāpite
śāstrera sahaja artha nahe tāṅhā haite

Synonyms

yei — anyone who; grantha-kartā — author; cāhe — wants; sva-mata sthāpite — to establish his own opinion; śāstrera — of the revealed scriptures; sahaja — the direct; artha — meaning; nahe — is not; tāṅhā haite — from such an author.

Translation

“Anyone who wants to establish his own opinion or philosophy certainly cannot explain any scripture according to the principle of direct interpretation.

Bengali

‘মীমাংসক’ কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর হয় কর্মের অঙ্গ’ ।
‘সাংখ্য’ কহে, — ‘জগতের প্রকৃতি কারণ-প্ৰসঙ্গ’ ॥ ৫০ ॥

Text

‘mīmāṁsaka’ kahe, — ‘īśvara haya karmera aṅga’
‘sāṅkhya’ kahe, — ‘jagatera prakṛti kāraṇa-prasaṅga’

Synonyms

mīmāṁsaka — the Mīmāṁsaka philosophers; kahe — say; īśvara — the Supreme Lord; haya — is; karmera aṅga — subject to fruitive activities; sāṅkhya kahe — the atheistic Sāṅkhya philosophers say; jagatera — of the cosmic manifestation; prakṛti — nature; kāraṇa — the cause; prasaṅga — thesis.

Translation

“The Mīmāṁsaka philosophers conclude that if there is a God, He is subject to our fruitive activities. Similarly, the Sāṅkhya philosophers, who analyze the cosmic manifestation, say that the cause of the cosmos is material nature.

Bengali

‘ন্যায়’ কহে, — ‘পরমাণু হৈতে বিশ্ব হয়’ ।
‘মায়াবাদী’ নির্বিশেষ-ব্রহ্মে ‘হেতু’ কয় ॥ ৫১ ॥

Text

‘nyāya’ kahe, — ‘paramāṇu haite viśva haya’
‘māyāvādī’ nirviśeṣa-brahme ‘hetu’ kaya

Synonyms

nyāya kahe — the philosophers following logic say; paramāṇu — the atom; haite — from; viśva haya — the cosmic manifestation has come; māyāvādī — the Māyāvādī philosophers, impersonalists; nirviśeṣa-brahme — in the impersonal Brahman effulgence; hetu — the cause; kaya — say.

Translation

“The followers of nyāya, the philosophy of logic, maintain that the atom is the cause of the cosmic manifestation, and the Māyāvādī philosophers maintain that the impersonal Brahman effulgence is the cause of the cosmic manifestation.

Bengali

‘পাতঞ্জল’ কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর হয় স্বরূপ-জ্ঞান’ ।
বেদমতে কহে তাঁরে ‘স্বয়ংভগবান্’ ॥ ৫২ ॥

Text

‘pātañjala’ kahe, — ‘īśvara haya svarūpa-jñāna’
veda-mate kahe tāṅre ‘svayaṁ-bhagavān’

Synonyms

pātañjala kahe — the Pātañjala philosophers say; īśvara haya — the Supreme Lord is; svarūpa-jñāna — self-realization; veda-mate — in the Vedic version; kahe — they say; tāṅre — to Him; svayam-bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“The Pātañjala philosophers say that when one is self-realized, he understands the Lord. Similarly, according to the Vedas and Vedic principles, the original cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Bengali

ছয়ের ছয় মত ব্যাস কৈলা আবর্তন ।
সেই সব সূত্র লঞা ‘বেদান্ত’-বর্ণন ॥ ৫৩ ॥

Text

chayera chaya mata vyāsa kailā āvartana
sei saba sūtra lañā ‘vedānta’-varṇana

Synonyms

chayera — of the six philosophers; chaya mata — six different theses; vyāsa — Vyāsadeva; kailā āvartana — analyzed fully; sei — that; saba — all; sūtra — the aphorisms; lañā — taking; vedānta-varṇana — explaining the Vedānta philosophy.

Translation

“After studying the six philosophical theses, Vyāsadeva completely summarized them all in the aphorisms of Vedānta philosophy.

Bengali

‘বেদান্ত’-মতে, — ব্ৰহ্ম ‘সাকার’ নিরূপণ ।
‘নির্গুণ’ ব্যতিরেকে তিঁহো হয় ত’ ‘সগুণ’ ॥ ৫৪ ॥

Text

‘vedānta’-mate, — brahma ‘sākāra’ nirūpaṇa
‘nirguṇa’ vyatireke tiṅho haya ta’ ‘saguṇa’

Synonyms

vedānta-mate — according to Vedānta philosophy; brahma — the Absolute Truth; sa-ākāra nirūpaṇa — established as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a person; nirguṇa — without material qualifications; vyatireke — by indirect explanations; tiṅho — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; haya — is; ta’ — indeed; sa-guṇa — fully qualified with spiritual attributes.

Translation

“According to Vedānta philosophy, the Absolute Truth is a person. When the word ‘nirguṇa’ [‘without qualities’] is used, it is to be understood that the Lord has attributes that are totally spiritual.

Bengali

পরম কারণ ঈশ্বর কেহ নাহি মানে ।
স্ব-স্ব-মত স্থাপে পরমতের খণ্ডনে ॥ ৫৫ ॥

Text

parama kāraṇa īśvara keha nāhi māne
sva-sva-mata sthāpe para-matera khaṇḍane

Synonyms

parama kāraṇa — the supreme cause, the cause of all causes; īśvara — the Supreme Lord; keha nāhi māne — none of the above-mentioned philosophers accept; sva-sva-mata — their own personal opinions; sthāpe — they establish; para-matera khaṇḍane — busy in refuting the opinions of others.

Translation

“Of the philosophers mentioned, none really cares for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. They are always busy refuting the philosophical theories of others and establishing their own.

Bengali

তাতে ছয় দর্শন হৈতে ‘তত্ত্ব’ নাহি জানি ।
‘মহাজন’ যেই কহে, সেই ‘সত্য’ মানি ॥ ৫৬ ॥

Text

tāte chaya darśana haite ‘tattva’ nāhi jāni
‘mahājana’ yei kahe, sei ‘satya’ māni

Synonyms

tāte — therefore; chaya darśana haite — from the six philosophical principles; tattva nāhi jāni — we cannot understand the actual truth; mahājana — the great authorities; yei kahe — whatever they say; sei — that; satya māni — we can accept as truth.

Translation

“By studying the six philosophical theories, one cannot reach the Absolute Truth. It is therefore our duty to follow the path of the mahājanas, the authorities. Whatever they say should be accepted as the supreme truth.

Purport

In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura gives the following summary of the six philosophical processes. Prakāśānanda admitted that Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya, being very eager to establish his philosophy of monism, took shelter of the Vedānta philosophy and tried to explain it in his own way. The fact is, however, that if one accepts the existence of God, one certainly cannot establish the theory of monism. For this reason Śaṅkarācārya refuted all kinds of Vedic literature that establishes the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead. In various ways, Śaṅkarācārya has tried to refute the Vedic literature. Throughout the world, ninety-nine percent of the philosophers following in the footsteps of Śaṅkarācārya refuse to accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Instead they try to establish their own opinions. It is typical of mundane philosophers to want to establish their own opinions and refute those of others. Therefore: (1) The Mīmāṁsaka philosophers, following the principles of Jaimini, stress fruitive activity and say that if there is a God, He must be under the laws of fruitive activity. In other words, if one performs his duties very nicely in the material world, God is obliged to give one the desired result. According to these philosophers, there is no need to become a devotee of God. If one strictly follows moral principles, one will be recognized by the Lord, who will give the desired reward. Such philosophers do not accept the Vedic principle of bhakti-yoga. Instead, they give stress to following one’s prescribed duty. (2) Atheistic Sāṅkhya philosophers like Kapila analyze the material elements very scrutinizingly and thereby come to the conclusion that material nature is the cause of everything. They do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes. (3) Nyāya philosophers like Gautama and Kaṇāda have accepted a combination of atoms as the original cause of the creation. (4) Māyāvādī philosophers say that everything is an illusion. Headed by philosophers like Aṣṭāvakra, they stress the impersonal Brahman effulgence as the cause of everything. (5) Philosophers following the precepts of Patañjali practice rāja-yoga. They imagine a form of the Absolute Truth within many forms. That is their process of self-realization.

All five of these philosophies completely reject the predominance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and strive to establish their own philosophical theories. However, Śrīla Vyāsadeva wrote the Vedānta-sūtra and, taking the essence of all Vedic literature, established the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All five kinds of philosophers mentioned above understand that impersonal Brahman is without material qualities, and they believe that when the Personality of Godhead appears, He is contaminated and covered by the material qualities. The technical term used is saguṇa. They speak of saguṇa Brahman and nirguṇa Brahman. For them, nirguṇa Brahman means “the impersonal Absolute Truth without any material qualities” and saguṇa Brahman means “the Absolute Truth that accepts the contamination of material qualities.” More or less, this kind of philosophical speculation is called Māyāvāda philosophy. The fact is, however, that the Absolute Truth never has anything to do with material qualities because He is transcendental. He is always complete with full spiritual qualities. The five philosophers mentioned above do not accept Lord Viṣṇu as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they are very busy refuting the philosophies of other schools. There are six kinds of philosophical processes in India. Because Vyāsadeva is the Vedic authority, he is known as Vedavyāsa. His philosophical explanation of the Vedānta-sūtra is accepted by the devotees. As Kṛṣṇa confirms in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15):

sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo
mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca
vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo
vedānta-kṛd veda-vid eva cāham

“I am seated in everyone’s heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed, I am the compiler of Vedānta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.

The ultimate goal of studying all Vedic literature is the acceptance of Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is propagating the philosophical conclusion of Śrīla Vyāsadeva and following other great ācāryas like Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī, Nimbārka and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself.

Bengali

তর্কোঽপ্রতিষ্ঠঃ শ্রুতয়ো বিভিন্না
নাসাবৃষির্যস্য মতং ন ভিন্নম্ ।
ধর্মস্য তত্ত্বং নিহিতং গুহায়াং
মহাজনো যেন গতঃ স পন্থাঃ ॥ ৫৭ ॥

Text

tarko ’pratiṣṭhaḥ śrutayo vibhinnā
nāsāv ṛṣir yasya mataṁ na bhinnam
dharmasya tattvaṁ nihitaṁ guhāyāṁ
mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ

Synonyms

tarkaḥ — dry argument; apratiṣṭhaḥ — not fixed; śrutayaḥ — the Vedas; vibhinnāḥ — possessing different departments; na — not; asau — that; ṛṣiḥ — great sage; yasya — whose; matam — opinion; na — not; bhinnam — separate; dharmasya — of religious principles; tattvam — truth; nihitam — placed; guhāyām — in the heart of a realized person; mahā-janaḥ — self-realized predecessors; yena — by which way; gataḥ — acted; saḥ — that; panthāḥ — the pure, unadulterated path.

Translation

“ ‘Dry arguments are inconclusive. A great personality whose opinion does not differ from others is not considered a great sage. Simply by studying the Vedas, which are variegated, one cannot come to the right path by which religious principles are understood. The solid truth of religious principles is hidden in the heart of an unadulterated, self-realized person. Consequently, as the śāstras confirm, one should accept whatever progressive path the mahājanas advocate.’

Purport

This is a verse spoken by Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja in the Mahābhārata, Vana-parva 313.117.

Bengali

শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বাণী — অমৃতের ধার ।
তিঁহো যে কহয়ে বস্তু, সেই ‘তত্ত্ব’ — সার ॥” ৫৮ ॥

Text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vāṇī — amṛtera dhāra
tiṅho ye kahaye vastu, sei ‘tattva’ — sāra”

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vāṇī — the message of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; amṛtera dhāra — a continuous shower of nectar; tiṅho — the Lord; ye kahaye vastu — whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonum; sei tattva sāra — that is the essence of all spiritual knowledge.

Translation

“The words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are a shower of nectar. Whatever He concludes to be the ultimate truth is indeed the summum bonum of all spiritual knowledge.”

Bengali

এ সব বৃত্তান্ত শুনি’ মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
প্রভুরে কহিতে সুখে করিলা গমন ॥ ৫৯ ॥

Text

e saba vṛttānta śuni’ mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
prabhure kahite sukhe karilā gamana

Synonyms

e saba vṛttānta — all these descriptions; śuni’ — hearing; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa — the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; prabhure — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahite — to inform; sukhe — very happily; karilā gamana — went.

Translation

After hearing all these statements, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa very jubilantly went to inform Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

হেনকালে মহাপ্ৰভু পঞ্চনদে স্নান করি’ ।
দেখিতে চলিয়াছেন ‘বিন্দুমাধব হরি’ ॥ ৬০ ॥

Text

hena-kāle mahāprabhu pañca-nade snāna kari’
dekhite caliyāchena ‘bindu-mādhava hari’

Synonyms

hena-kāle — at this time; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pañca-nade snāna kari’ — taking His bath in the Ganges, called the Pañca-nada; dekhite caliyāchena — was going to see; bindu-mādhava hari — the Deity known as Lord Bindu Mādhava.

Translation

When the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa went to see Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord was going to the temple of Bindu Mādhava after bathing in the waters of the Pañca-nada.

Bengali

পথে সেই বিপ্র সব বৃত্তান্ত কহিল ।
শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু সুখে ঈষৎ হাসিল ॥ ৬১ ॥

Text

pathe sei vipra saba vṛttānta kahila
śuni’ mahāprabhu sukhe īṣat hāsila

Synonyms

pathe — on the way; sei vipra — that brāhmaṇa; saba vṛttānta kahila — explained the whole incident; śuni’ — hearing; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sukhe — in happiness; īṣat — mildly; hāsila — smiled.

Translation

While the Lord was on His way, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa informed Him about the incident that took place in the camp of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī. Hearing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu smiled happily.

Bengali

মাধব-সৌন্দর্য দেখি’ আবিষ্ট হইলা ।
অঙ্গনেতে আসি’ প্রেমে নাচিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৬২ ॥

Text

mādhava-saundarya dekhi’ āviṣṭa ha-ilā
aṅganete āsi’ preme nācite lāgilā

Synonyms

mādhava-saundarya dekhi’ — after seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Mādhava; āviṣṭa ha-ilā — became ecstatic in love; aṅganete āsi’ — coming to the courtyard; preme — in great love; nācite lāgilā — began to dance.

Translation

Upon reaching the temple of Bindu Mādhava, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Mādhava, became overwhelmed in ecstatic love. He then began to dance in the courtyard of the temple.

Bengali

শেখর, পরমানন্দ, তপন, সনাতন ।
চারিজন মিলি’ করে নাম-সংকীর্তন ॥ ৬৩ ॥

Text

śekhara, paramānanda, tapana, sanātana
cāri-jana mili’ kare nāma-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

śekhara — Candraśekhara; paramānanda — Paramānanda Purī; tapana — Tapana Miśra; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; cāri-jana mili’ — all four of them; kare — perform; nāma-saṅkīrtana — chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.

Translation

There were four people accompanying Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and these were Candraśekhara, Paramānanda Purī, Tapana Miśra and Sanātana Gosvāmī. They were all chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra in the following way.

Bengali

“হরয়ে নমঃ কৃষ্ণ যাদবায় নমঃ ।
গোপাল গোবিন্দ রাম শ্রীমধুসূদন ॥” ৬৪ ॥

Text

“haraye namaḥ kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ
gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana”

Synonyms

haraye — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; namaḥ — obeisances; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; yādavāya — to the descendant of the Yadu family; namaḥ — obeisances; gopāla — Gopāla; govinda — Govinda; rāma — Rāma; śrī-madhusūdana — Śrī Madhusūdana.

Translation

They chanted, “Haraye namaḥ kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ, gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana.”

Purport

This is another way of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. The meaning is as follows: “I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. He is the descendant of the Yadu family. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Gopāla, Govinda, Rāma and Śrī Madhusūdana.”

Bengali

চৌদিকেতে লক্ষ লোক বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ।
উঠিল মঙ্গলধ্বনি স্বর্গ-মর্ত্য ভরি’ ॥ ৬৫ ॥

Text

caudikete lakṣa loka bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’
uṭhila maṅgala-dhvani svarga-martya bhari’

Synonyms

cau-dikete — all around; lakṣa — hundreds of thousands; loka — people; bale — chant; hari hari — O Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; uṭhila — there arose; maṅgala-dhvani — an auspicious sound; svarga-martya bhari’ — overwhelming all the universe.

Translation

In all directions, hundreds of thousands of people began to chant, “Hari! Hari!” Thus there arose a tumultuous and auspicious sound filling the entire universe.

Bengali

নিকটে হরিধ্বনি শুনি’ প্রকাশানন্দ ।
দেখিতে কৌতুকে আইলা লঞা শিষ্যবৃন্দ ॥ ৬৬ ॥

Text

nikaṭe hari-dhvani śuni’ parakāśānanda
dekhite kautuke āilā lañā śiṣya-vṛnda

Synonyms

nikaṭe — nearby; hari-dhvani śuni’ — after hearing the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; parakāśānanda — Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; dekhite — to see; kautuke — in great eagerness; āilā — came; lañā — taking; śiṣya-vṛnda — all the disciples.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, who was staying nearby, heard this tumultuous chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, he and his disciples immediately came to see the Lord.

Bengali

দেখিয়া প্রভুর নৃত্য, প্রেম, দেহের মাধুরী ।
শিষ্যগণ-সঙ্গে সেই বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ৬৭ ॥

Text

dekhiyā prabhura nṛtya, prema, dehera mādhurī
śiṣya-gaṇa-saṅge sei bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’

Synonyms

dekhiyā — seeing; prabhura nṛtya — the dancing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema — ecstatic love; dehera mādhurī — the transcendental beauty of His body; śiṣya-gaṇa-saṅge — with his disciples; sei — Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; bale — chants; hari hari — Lord Hari’s name.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī saw the Lord, he and his disciples also joined the chanting with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī was charmed by the Lord’s dancing and ecstatic love and by the transcendental beauty of His body.

Bengali

কম্প, স্বরভঙ্গ, স্বেদ, বৈবর্ণ, স্তম্ভ ।
অশ্রুধারায় ভিজে লোক, পুলক-কদম্ব ॥ ৬৮ ॥

Text

kampa, svara-bhaṅga, sveda, vaivarṇya, stambha
aśru-dhārāya bhije loka, pulaka-kadamba

Synonyms

kampa — trembling; svara-bhaṅga — faltering voice; sveda — perspiration; vaivarṇya — fading of bodily color; stambha — becoming stunned; aśru-dhārāya — with showers of tears from the eyes; bhije — wet; loka — all the people; pulaka-kadamba — eruptions on the body like kadamba flowers.

Translation

Ecstatic spiritual transformations began to take place in the Lord’s body. His body trembled, and His voice faltered. He perspired, turned pale and wept a constant flow of tears, which wet all the people standing there. The eruptions on the Lord’s body appeared like kadamba flowers.

Bengali

হর্ষ, দৈন্য, চাপল্যাদি ‘সঞ্চারী’ বিকার ।
দেখি’ কাশীবাসী লোকের হৈল চমৎকার ॥ ৬৯ ॥

Text

harṣa, dainya, cāpalyādi ‘sañcārī’ vikāra
dekhi’ kāśī-vāsī lokera haila camatkāra

Synonyms

harṣa — jubilation; dainya — humility; cāpalya-ādi — talking in ecstasy and so on; sañcārī vikāra — the transient transformations; dekhi’ — seeing; kāśī-vāsī — the inhabitants of Benares; lokera — of all the people; haila camatkāra — there was astonishment.

Translation

All the people were astonished to see the Lord’s jubilation and humility and to hear Him talk in ecstasy. Indeed, all the residents of Benares [Kāśī] saw the bodily transformations and were astonished.

Bengali

লোকসংঘট্ট দেখি’ প্রভুর ‘বাহ্য’ যবে হৈল ।
সন্ন্যাসীর গণ দেখি’ নৃত্য সম্বরিল ॥ ৭০ ॥

Text

loka-saṅghaṭṭa dekhi’ prabhura ‘bāhya’ yabe haila
sannyāsīra gaṇa dekhi’ nṛtya saṁvarila

Synonyms

loka-saṅghaṭṭa dekhi’ — by seeing the great crowd of people; prabhura — of Lord Caitanya; bāhya — external consciousness; yabe haila — when there was; sannyāsīra gaṇa — the groups of Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, headed by Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; dekhi’ — seeing; nṛtya saṁvarila — suspended His dancing.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu regained His external consciousness, He saw that many Māyāvādī sannyāsīs and other people were gathered there. He therefore suspended His dancing for the time being.

Bengali

প্রকাশানন্দের প্রভু বন্দিলা চরণ ।
প্রকাশানন্দ আসি’ তাঁর ধরিল চরণ ॥ ৭১ ॥

Text

prakāśānandera prabhu vandilā caraṇa
prakāśānanda āsi’ tāṅra dharila caraṇa

Synonyms

prakāśānandera — of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vandilā — prayed; caraṇa — at the feet; prakāśānanda — Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; āsi’ — coming; tāṅra — His; dharila caraṇa — immediately caught the lotus feet.

Translation

After stopping the kīrtana, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is a great example of humility, offered prayers unto the feet of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī. At this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī immediately came forward and clasped the Lord’s lotus feet.

Bengali

প্রভু কহে, — “তুমি জগদ্‌গুরু পূজ্যতম ।
আমি তোমার না হই ‘শিষ্যের শিষ্য’ সম ॥ ৭২ ॥

Text

prabhu kahe, — ‘tumi jagad-guru pūjyatama
āmi tomāra nā ha-i ‘śiṣyera śiṣya’ sama

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued to speak; tumi — you; jagat-guru — the spiritual master of the whole world; pūjya-tama — the most worshipable; āmi — I; tomāra — your; ha-i — am not; śiṣyera śiṣya sama — equal to the disciple of the disciple.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī caught hold of the Lord’s lotus feet, the Lord said, “My dear sir, you are the spiritual master of the whole world; therefore you are most worshipable. As far as I am concerned, I am not even on the level of the disciple of your disciple.”

Purport

Māyāvādī sannyāsīs generally call themselves jagad-guru, the spiritual master of the whole world. Many consider themselves worshipable by everyone, although they do not even go outside India or their own district. Out of His great magnanimity and humility, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu presented Himself as a subordinate disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī.

Bengali

শ্রেষ্ঠ হঞা কেনে কর হীনের বন্দন ।
আমার সর্বনাশ হয়, তুমি ব্ৰহ্ম-সম ॥ ৭৩ ॥

Text

śreṣṭha hañā kene kara hīnera vandana
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya, tumi brahma-sama

Synonyms

śreṣṭha hañā — being a more honorable person; kene — why; kara — you do; hīnera — of an inferior person; vandana — worship; āmāra sarva-nāśa haya — I become minimized in My strength; tumi brahma-sama — you are equal with the impersonal Brahman.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “You are a great, spiritually advanced personality, and therefore you cannot worship a person like Me. I am far inferior. If you do so, My spiritual power will be diminished, for you are as good as the impersonal Brahman.

Bengali

যদ্যপি তোমারে সব ব্রহ্ম-সম ভাসে ।
লোকশিক্ষা লাগি’ ঐছে করিতে না আইসে ॥’ ৭৪ ॥

Text

yadyapi tomāre saba brahma-sama bhāse
loka-śikṣā lāgi’ aiche karite nā āise’

Synonyms

yadyapi — although; tomāre — for you; saba — everyone; brahma-sama — equal to the impersonal Brahman; bhāse — appears; loka-śikṣā lāgi’ — for the enlightenment of people in general; aiche — in such a way; karite āise — you should not present yourself.

Translation

“My dear sir, for you everyone is on the level of impersonal Brahman, but for the enlightenment of people in general you should not behave in that way.”

Bengali

তেঁহো কহে, ‘তোমার পূর্বে নিন্দা-অপরাধ যে করিল ।
তোমার চরণ-স্পর্শে, সব ক্ষয় গেল ॥ ৭৫ ॥

Text

teṅho kahe, ‘tomāra pūrve nindā-aparādha ye karila
tomāra caraṇa-sparśe, saba kṣaya gela

Synonyms

teṅho kahe — he replied; tomāra — of You; pūrve — formerly; nindā-aparādha — offenses and blasphemy; ye karila — whatever I have done; tomāra caraṇa-sparśe — by touching Your lotus feet; saba kṣaya gela — the effects of all those offenses have been destroyed.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī replied, “Formerly I committed many offenses against You by blaspheming You, but now the effects of my offenses are counteracted by my touching Your lotus feet.

Bengali

জীবন্মুক্তা অপি পুনর্যান্তি সংসারবাসনাম্ ।
যদ্যচিন্ত্যমহাশক্তৌ ভগবত্যপরাধিনঃ ॥ ৭৬ ॥

Text

jīvan-muktā api punar
yānti saṁsāra-vāsanām
yady acintya-mahā-śaktau
bhagavaty aparādhinaḥ

Synonyms

jīvat-muktāḥ — persons liberated during this life; api — also; punaḥ — again; yānti — go; saṁsāra-vāsanām — to desire material enjoyment; yadi — if; acintya-mahā-śaktau — to the possessor of inconceivable spiritual potency; bhagavati — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; aparādhinaḥ — offenders.

Translation

“ ‘If a person considered liberated in this life commits offenses against the reservoir of inconceivable potencies, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he will again fall down and desire the material atmosphere for material enjoyment.’

Bengali

স বৈ ভগবতঃ শ্রীমৎপাদস্পর্শহতাশুভঃ ।
ভেজে সর্পবপুর্হিত্বা রূপং বিদ্যাধরার্চিতম্‌ ॥” ৭৭ ॥

Text

sa vai bhagavataḥ śrīmat-
pāda-sparśa-hatāśubhaḥ
bheje sarpa-vapur hitvā
rūpaṁ vidyādharārcitam

Synonyms

saḥ — he (the serpent); vai — indeed; bhagavataḥ — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; śrīmat-pāda-sparśa — by the touch of the lotus feet; hata-aśubhaḥ — relieved from all reactions of sinful life; bheje — achieved; sarpa-vapuḥ — the body of a snake; hitvā — giving up; rūpam — beauty; vidyādhara-arcitam — suitable for a person of Vidyādharaloka.

Translation

“ ‘Being touched by the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, that serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Thus the serpent gave up his body and assumed the body of a beautiful Vidyādhara demigod.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.34.9). The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana, under the leadership of Nanda Mahārāja, once went to the bank of the Sarasvatī on a pilgrimage. Nanda Mahārāja was fasting, and he lay down near the forest. At that time a serpent, who was formerly cursed by Āṅgirasa Ṛṣi, appeared. This serpent had formerly been named Sudarśana, and he had belonged to the Vidyādhara planet. However, because he joked with the ṛṣi, he was condemned to take on the body of a big snake. When this serpent attacked Nanda Mahārāja, Nanda Mahārāja began to call, “Kṛṣṇa! Help!” Kṛṣṇa immediately appeared and began to kick the serpent with His lotus feet. Due to being touched by the Lord’s lotus feet, the serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Being freed, he again assumed his original form of Sudarśana, the Vidyādhara.

Bengali

প্রভু কহে, — ‘বিষ্ণু’ ‘বিষ্ণু’, আমি ক্ষুদ্র জীব হীন ।
জীবে ‘বিষ্ণু’ মানি — এই অপরাধ-চিহ্ন ॥ ৭৮ ॥

Text

prabhu kahe, — ‘viṣṇu’ ‘viṣṇu’, āmi kṣudra jīva hīna
jīve ‘viṣṇu’ māni — ei aparādha-cihna

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; viṣṇu viṣṇu — the holy name of Viṣṇu; āmi — I; kṣudra — infinitesimal; jīva — a living entity; hīna — bereft of all good qualities; jīve — such a low-grade living entity; viṣṇu māni — accepting as Lord Viṣṇu or the Personality of Godhead; ei aparādha-cihna — this is a great offense.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī supported himself by quoting the verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately protested by uttering the holy name of Lord Viṣṇu. The Lord then presented Himself as a most fallen living entity, and He said, “If someone accepts a fallen conditioned soul as Viṣṇu, Bhagavān, or an incarnation, he commits a great offense.”

Purport

Although Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to teach us a lesson He nonetheless denied belonging to the Viṣṇu category. Unfortunately, there are many so-called Viṣṇu incarnations in this Age of Kali. People do not know that posing oneself as an incarnation is most offensive. People should not accept an ordinary man as an incarnation of God, for this also is a very great offense.

Bengali

জীবে ‘বিষ্ণু’ বুদ্ধি দূরে — যেই ব্রহ্ম-রুদ্র-সম ।
নারায়ণে মানে তারে ‘পাষণ্ডীতে’ গণন ॥ ৭৯ ॥

Text

jīve ‘viṣṇu’ buddhi dūre — yei brahma-rudra-sama
nārāyaṇe māne tāre ‘pāṣaṇḍīte’ gaṇana

Synonyms

jīve — an ordinary living being; viṣṇu — as Lord Viṣṇu; buddhi — acceptance; dūre — let alone; yei — anyone who; brahma-rudra-sama — equal to personalities like Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva; nārāyaṇe — Lord Nārāyaṇa, Viṣṇu; māne — accepts; tāre — such a person; pāṣaṇḍīte gaṇana — is grouped among the pāṣaṇḍīs, atheistic offenders.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “To say nothing of ordinary living entities, even Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva cannot be considered on the level of Viṣṇu or Nārāyaṇa. If one considers them as such, he is immediately considered an offender and atheist.

Bengali

যস্তু নারায়ণং দেবং ব্রহ্মরুদ্রাদিদৈবতৈঃ ।
সমত্বেনৈব বীক্ষেত স পাষণ্ডী ভবেদ্‌ধ্রুবম্ ॥ ৮০ ॥

Text

yas tu nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁ
brahma-rudrādi-daivataiḥ
samatvenaiva vīkṣeta
sa pāṣaṇḍī bhaved dhruvam”

Synonyms

yaḥ — any person who; tu — however; nārāyaṇam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of such demigods as Brahmā and Śiva; devam — the Lord; brahma — Lord Brahmā; rudra — Lord Śiva; ādi — and others; daivataiḥ — with such demigods; samatvena — on an equal level; eva — certainly; vīkṣeta — observes; saḥ — such a person; pāṣaṇḍī — pāṣaṇḍī; bhavet — must be; dhruvam — certainly.

Translation

“ ‘A person who considers demigods like Brahmā and Śiva to be on an equal level with Nārāyaṇa is to be considered an offender, a pāṣaṇḍī.’ ”

Bengali

প্রকাশানন্দ কহে, — “তুমি সাক্ষাৎ ভগবান্ ।
তবু যদি কর তাঁর ‘দাস’-অভিমান ॥ ৮১ ॥

Text

prakāśānanda kahe, — “tumi sākṣāt bhagavān
tabu yadi kara tāṅra ‘dāsa’-abhimāna

Synonyms

prakāśānanda kahe — Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī replied; tumi — You; sākṣāt — directly; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; tabu — yet; yadi — if; kara — You pose; tāṅra dāsa-abhimāna — considering Yourself His servant.

Translation

Prakāśānanda replied, “You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa Himself. Nonetheless, You are considering Yourself His eternal servant.

Bengali

তবু পূজ্য হও, তুমি বড় আমা হৈতে ।
সর্বনাশ হয় মোর তোমার নিন্দাতে ॥ ৮২ ॥

Text

tabu pūjya hao, tumi baḍa āmā haite
sarva-nāśa haya mora tomāra nindāte

Synonyms

tabu — still; pūjya hao — You are worshipable; tumi baḍa — You are much greater; āmā haite — than me; sarva-nāśa haya — everything becomes lost; mora — my; tomāra nindāte — by blaspheming You.

Translation

“My dear Lord, You are the Supreme Lord, and although You consider Yourself the Lord’s servant, You are nonetheless worshipable. You are much greater than I am; therefore all my spiritual achievements have been lost because I have blasphemed You.

Bengali

মুক্তানামপি সিদ্ধানাং নারায়ণপরায়ণঃ ।
সুদুর্লভঃ প্রশান্তাত্মা কোটিষ্বপি মহামুনে ॥ ৮৩ ॥

Text

muktānām api siddhānāṁ
nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ
su-durlabhaḥ praśāntātmā
koṭiṣv api mahā-mune

Synonyms

muktānām — of persons liberated or freed from the bondage of ignorance; api — even; siddhānām — of persons who have achieved perfection; nārāyaṇa — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parāyaṇaḥ — the devotee; su-durlabhaḥ — very rare; praśānta-ātmā — completely satisfied, desireless; koṭiṣu — among many millions; api — certainly; mahā-mune — O great sage.

Translation

“ ‘O great sage, out of many millions of materially liberated people who are free from ignorance, and out of many millions of siddhas who have nearly attained perfection, there is hardly one pure devotee of Nārāyaṇa. Only such a devotee is actually completely satisfied and peaceful.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.14.5).

Bengali

আয়ুঃ শ্রিয়ং যশো ধর্মং লোকানাশিষ এব চ ।
হন্তি শ্রেয়াংসি সর্বাণি পুংসো মহদতিক্রমঃ ॥ ৮৪ ॥

Text

āyuḥ śriyaṁ yaśo dharmaṁ
lokān āśiṣa eva ca
hanti śreyāṁsi sarvāṇi
puṁso mahad-atikramaḥ

Synonyms

āyuḥ — duration of life; śriyam — opulence; yaśaḥ — reputation; dharmam — religion; lokān — possessions; āśiṣaḥ — benedictions; eva — certainly; ca — and; hanti — destroys; śreyāṁsi — good fortune; sarvāṇi — all; puṁsaḥ — of a person; mahat — of great souls; atikramaḥ — violation.

Translation

“ ‘When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation, religion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.’

Purport

This statement (Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.4.46) was made by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit.

Bengali

নৈষাং মতিস্তাবদুরুক্রমাঙ্ঘ্রিং
স্পৃশত্যনর্থাপগমো যদর্থঃ ।
মহীয়সাং পাদরজোঽভিষেকং
নিষ্কিঞ্চনানাং ন বৃণীত যাবৎ ॥ ৮৫ ॥

Text

naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ
spṛśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ
mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-’bhiṣekaṁ
niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat

Synonyms

na — not; eṣām — of those who are attached to household life; matiḥ — the interest; tāvat — that long; urukrama-aṅghrim — the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is credited with uncommon activities; spṛśati — touches; anartha — of unwanted things; apagamaḥ — vanquishing; yat — of which; arthaḥ — results; mahīyasām — of the great personalities, devotees; pāda-rajaḥ — of the dust of the lotus feet; abhiṣekam — sprinkling on the head; niṣkiñcanānām — who are completely detached from material possessions; na vṛṇīta — does not do; yāvat — as long as.

Translation

“ ‘Unless human society accepts the dust of the lotus feet of great mahātmās — devotees who have nothing to do with material possessions — mankind cannot turn its attention to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Those lotus feet vanquish all the unwanted, miserable conditions of material life.’

Purport

This verse appears in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.32). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā 22.53.

Bengali

এবে তোমার পাদাব্জে উপজিবে ভক্তি ।
তথি লাগি’ করি তোমার চরণে প্রণতি ॥” ৮৬ ॥

Text

ebe tomāra pādābje upajibe bhakti
tathi lāgi’ kari tomāra caraṇe praṇati”

Synonyms

ebe — now; tomāra — Your; pāda-abje — to the lotus feet; upajibe — will grow; bhakti — devotional service; tathi lāgi’ — for that reason; kari — I do; tomāra caraṇe praṇati — humble obeisances at Your lotus feet.

Translation

“Henceforward I shall certainly develop devotional service unto Your lotus feet. For this reason I have come to You and have fallen down at Your lotus feet.”

Bengali

এত বলি’ প্রভুরে লঞা তথায় বসিল ।
প্রভুরে প্রকাশানন্দ পুছিতে লাগিল ॥ ৮৭ ॥

Text

eta bali’ prabhure lañā tathāya vasila
prabhure prakāśānanda puchite lāgila

Synonyms

eta bali’ — saying this; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañā — taking; tathāya vasila — sat down there; prabhure — unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prakāśānanda — Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; puchite lāgila — began to inquire.

Translation

After saying this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī sat down with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and began to question the Lord as follows.

Bengali

মায়াবাদে করিলা যত দোষের আখ্যান ।
সবে এই জানি’ আচার্যের কল্পিত ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ৮৮ ॥

Text

māyāvāde karilā yata doṣera ākhyāna
sabe ei jāni’ ācāryera kalpita vyākhyāna

Synonyms

māyāvāde — in the philosophy of Māyāvāda, impersonalism; karilā — You have done; yata — all; doṣera ākhyāna — description of the faults; sabe — all; ei — these; jāni’ — knowing; ācāryera — of Śaṅkarācārya; kalpita vyākhyāna — imaginary explanations.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said, “We can understand the faults You have pointed out in the Māyāvāda philosophy. All the explanations given by Śaṅkarācārya are imaginary.

Bengali

সূত্রের করিলা তুমি মুখ্যার্থ-বিবরণ ।
তাহা শুনি’ সবার হৈল চমৎকার মন ॥ ৮৯ ॥

Text

sūtrera karilā tumi mukhyārtha-vivaraṇa
tāhā śuni’ sabāra haila camatkāra mana

Synonyms

sūtrera — of the Brahma-sūtra; karilā — have done; tumi — You; mukhya-artha-vivaraṇa — description of the direct meaning; tāhā śuni’ — hearing that; sabāra — of everyone; haila — became; camatkāra — astonished; mana — the mind.

Translation

“My dear Lord, whatever direct meaning You have given when explaining the Brahma-sūtra is certainly very wonderful to all of us.

Bengali

তুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর, তোমার আছে সর্বশক্তি ।
সংক্ষেপরূপে কহ তুমি শুনিতে হয় মতি ॥ ৯০ ॥

Text

tumi ta’ īśvara, tomāra āche sarva-śakti
saṅkṣepa-rūpe kaha tumi śunite haya mati

Synonyms

tumi ta’ — indeed You are; īśvara — the Supreme Lord; tomāra — of You; āche — there are; sarva-śakti — all potencies; saṅkṣepa-rūpe — briefly; kaha — please explain; tumi — You; śunite haya mati — I wish to hear.

Translation

“You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore You have inconceivable energies. I wish to hear from You briefly about the Brahma-sūtra.”

Purport

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said that he had already understood Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the direct import of the Brahma-sūtra. Nonetheless, he was requesting the Lord to now briefly give the purport of the Brahma-sūtra, the Vedānta-sūtra.

Bengali

প্রভু কহে, — “আমি ‘জীব’, অতি তুচ্ছ-জ্ঞান ।
ব্যাসসূত্রের গম্ভীর অর্থ, ব্যাস — ভগবান্ ॥ ৯১ ॥

Text

prabhu kahe, — “āmi ‘jīva’, ati tuccha-jñāna!
vyāsa-sūtrera gambhīra artha, vyāsa — bhagavān

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; āmi jīva — I am an insignificant living being; ati tuccha-jñāna — My knowledge is very meager; vyāsa-sūtrera — of the Vedānta-sūtra, written by Vyāsadeva; gambhīra artha — very grave meaning; vyāsa — Vyāsadeva; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “I am an ordinary living being, and therefore My knowledge is very insignificant. However, the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra is very grave because its author, Vyāsadeva, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.

Purport

An ordinary living being cannot actually understand the meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra. One can understand the meaning if he hears it from the authority, Vyāsadeva himself. For this purpose, Vyāsadeva gave a commentary on the Brahma-sūtra in the form of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. He had been instructed to do this by his spiritual master, Nārada. Of course, Śaṅkarācārya distorted the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra because he had a motive to serve. He wanted to establish Vedic knowledge in place of the atheistic knowledge spread by Lord Buddha. All these necessities are there according to time and circumstances. Neither Lord Buddha nor Śaṅkarācārya is to be blamed. The time required such an explanation for the understanding of various types of atheists. The conclusion is that one cannot understand the meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra without going through Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and rendering devotional service. Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore further explains the matter in the following verses.

Bengali

তাঁর সূত্রের অর্থ কোন জীব নাহি জানে ।
অতএব আপনে সূত্রার্থ করিয়াছে ব্যাখ্যানে ॥ ৯২ ॥

Text

tāṅra sūtrera artha kona jīva nāhi jāne
ataeva āpane sūtrārtha kariyāche vyākhyāne

Synonyms

tāṅra sūtrera artha — the meaning of Vyāsadeva’s Vedānta-sūtra; kona — any; jīva — living being; nāhi jāne — does not know; ataeva — therefore; āpane — personally; sūtra-artha — the meanings of the sūtras; kariyāche vyākhyāne — has described.

Translation

“The purport of the Vedānta-sūtra is very difficult for an ordinary person to understand, but Vyāsadeva, out of his causeless mercy, has personally explained the meaning.

Bengali

যেই সূত্রকর্তা, সে যদি করয়ে ব্যাখ্যান ।
তবে সূত্রের মূল অর্থ লোকের হয় জ্ঞান ॥ ৯৩ ॥

Text

yei sūtra-kartā, se yadi karaye vyākhyāna
tabe sūtrera mūla artha lokera haya jñāna

Synonyms

yei sūtra-kartā — the person who has made the Vedānta-sūtra; se — that person; yadi — if; karaye vyākhyāna — explains the meaning; tabe — then; sūtrera — of the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; mūla — the original; artha — meaning; lokera — of the people in general; haya jñāna — comes within knowledge.

Translation

“If the Vedānta-sūtra is explained by Vyāsadeva himself, who has written it, its original meaning can be understood by the people in general.

Bengali

প্রণবের যেই অর্থ, গায়ত্রীতে সেই হয় ।
সেই অর্থ চতুঃশ্লোকীতে বিবরিয়া কয় ॥ ৯৪ ॥

Text

praṇavera yei artha, gāyatrīte sei haya
sei artha catuḥ-ślokīte vivariyā kaya

Synonyms

praṇavera — of the sound vibration, oṁkāra; yei — whatever; artha — meaning; gāyatrīte — in the Gāyatrī mantra; sei — that; haya — there is; sei artha — that same meaning; catuḥ-ślokīte — in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam summarized in four ślokas; vivariyā — describing elaborately; kaya — has said.

Translation

“The meaning of the sound vibration oṁkāra is present in the Gāyatrī mantra. The same is elaborately explained in the four ślokas of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam known as the catuḥ-ślokī.

Bengali

ব্রহ্মারে ঈশ্বর চতুঃশ্লোকী যে কহিলা ।
ব্রহ্মা নারদে সেই উপদেশ কৈলা ॥ ৯৫ ॥

Text

brahmāre īśvara catuḥ-ślokī ye kahilā
brahmā nārade sei upadeśa kailā

Synonyms

brahmāre — to Lord Brahmā; īśvara — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; catuḥ-ślokī — the four famous verses known as the catuḥ-ślokī; ye kahilā — whatever was explained; brahmā — Lord Brahmā; nārade — to Nārada Muni; sei — that; upadeśa kailā — instructed.

Translation

“Whatever was spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to Lord Brahmā in those four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was also explained to Nārada by Lord Brahmā.

Bengali

নারদ সেই অর্থ ব্যাসেরে কহিলা ।
শুনি’ বেদব্যাস মনে বিচার করিলা ॥ ৯৬ ॥

Text

nārada sei artha vyāsere kahilā
śuni’ veda-vyāsa mane vicāra karilā

Synonyms

nārada — the great sage Nārada; sei artha — the same purport; vyāsere kahilā — explained to Vyāsadeva; śuni’ — hearing; veda-vyāsa — Vyāsadeva; mane — within the mind; vicāra karilā — considered very carefully.

Translation

“Whatever Lord Brahmā told Nārada Muni was again explained by Nārada Muni to Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva later considered these instructions in his mind.

Bengali

“এই অর্থ — আমার সূত্রের ব্যাখ্যানুরূপ ।
‘ভাগবত’ করিব সূত্রের ভাষ্যস্বরূপ ॥” ৯৭ ॥

Text

“ei artha — āmāra sūtrera vyākhyānurūpa
‘bhāgavata’ kariba sūtrera bhāṣya-svarūpa”

Synonyms

ei artha — this explanation; āmāra — my; sūtrera — of the Brahma-sūtra; vyākhyā-anurūpa — a suitable explanation; bhāgavata — Śrīmad-Bhāgavata Purāṇa; kariba — I shall make; sūtrera — of the Brahma-sūtra; bhāṣya-svarūpa — as the original commentary.

Translation

“Śrīla Vyāsadeva considered that whatever he had received from Nārada Muni as an explanation of oṁkāra he would elaborately explain in his book Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as a commentary on the Brahma-sūtra.

Purport

The sound vibration oṁkāra is the root of Vedic knowledge. Oṁkāra is known as the mahā-vākya, or supreme sound. Whatever meaning is in the supreme sound oṁkāra is further understood in the Gāyatrī mantra. Again, this same meaning is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the four ślokas known as the catuḥ-ślokī, which begin with the words ahaṁ evāsam evāgre. The Lord says, “Only I existed before the creation.” From this statement, four ślokas have been composed, and these are known as the catuḥ-ślokī. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead informed Lord Brahmā about the purport of the catuḥ-ślokī. Again, Lord Brahmā explained this to Nārada Muni, and Nārada Muni explained it to Śrīla Vyāsadeva. This is the paramparā system, the disciplic succession. The import of Vedic knowledge, the original word praṇava, has been explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The conclusion is that the Brahma-sūtra is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

Bengali

চারিবেদ-উপনিষদে যত কিছু হয় ।
তার অর্থ লঞা ব্যাস করিলা সঞ্চয় ॥ ৯৮ ॥

Text

cāri-veda-upaniṣade yata kichu haya
tāra artha lañā vyāsa karilā sañcaya

Synonyms

cāri-veda — the four divisions of the Vedas (Sāma, Yajur, Ṛg and Atharva); upaniṣade — and in the 108 Upaniṣads; yata — whatever; kichu haya — is there; tāra artha — the meanings of those Vedic literatures; lañā — taking together; vyāsa — Vyāsadeva; karilā sañcaya — collected.

Translation

“Vyāsadeva collected whatever Vedic conclusions were in the four Vedas and 108 Upaniṣads and placed them in the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra.

Bengali

যেই সূত্রে যেই ঋক্ — বিষয়-বচন ।
ভাগবতে সেই ঋক্ শ্লোকে নিবন্ধন ॥ ৯৯ ॥

Text

yei sūtre yei ṛk — viṣaya-vacana
bhāgavate sei ṛk śloke nibandhana

Synonyms

yei sūtre — in the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; yei — whatever; ṛk — Vedic mantras; viṣaya-vacana — subject matter to be explained; bhāgavate — in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sei ṛk — those same Vedic mantras; śloke — in eighteen thousand verses; nibandhana — compiling.

Translation

“In the Vedānta-sūtra, the purport of all Vedic knowledge is explained, and in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the same purport has been explained in eighteen thousand verses.

Bengali

অতএব ব্রহ্মসূত্রের ভাষ্য — শ্রীভাগবত ।
ভাগবত-শ্লোক, উপনিষৎ কহে ‘এক’মত ॥ ১০০ ॥

Text

ataeva brahma-sūtrera bhāṣya — śrī-bhāgavata
bhāgavata-śloka, upaniṣat kahe ‘eka’ mata

Synonyms

ataeva — therefore; brahma-sūtrera bhāṣya — the commentary on the Brahma-sūtra aphorisms; śrī-bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; bhāgavata-śloka — the verses in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; upaniṣat — the explanations in the Upaniṣads; kahe — state; eka mata — the same version.

Translation

“Therefore it is to be concluded that the Brahma-sūtra is explained vividly in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Also, what is explained in the verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam has the same purport as what is explained in the Upaniṣads.

Bengali

আত্মাবাস্যমিদং বিশ্বং যৎ কিঞ্চিজ্জগত্যাং জগৎ ।
তেন ত্যক্তেন ভুঞ্জীথা মা গৃধঃ কস্যস্বিদ্ধনম্ ॥ ১০১ ॥

Text

ātmāvāsyam idaṁ viśvaṁ
yat kiñcij jagatyāṁ jagat
tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā
mā gṛdhaḥ kasya svid dhanam

Synonyms

ātma-āvāsyam — the expansion of the energy of the Supreme Soul, the Personality of Godhead; idam — this; viśvam — universe; yat — whatever; kiñcit — something; jagatyām — within the universe; jagat — all that is animate or inanimate; tena — by Him; tyaktena — by things allotted to every person; bhuñjīthāḥ — you should accept for your maintenance; — never; gṛdhaḥ — encroach; kasya svit — someone else’s; dhanam — property.

Translation

“ ‘Everything animate or inanimate that is within the universe is controlled and owned by the Lord. One should therefore accept only those things for himself that are set aside as his quota, and one should not accept other things, knowing well to whom they belong.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (8.1.10). Communists and socialists are trying to propagate the philosophy that everything belongs to the mass of people or to the state. Such an idea is not perfect. When this idea is expanded, we can see that everything belongs to God. That will be the perfection of the communistic idea. The purpose of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is here very nicely explained. Every one of us must be satisfied with those things the Supreme Personality of Godhead has allotted us. We should not encroach upon the possessions of others. This simple idea can be expanded in our daily lives. Everyone should have a piece of land given by the government, and everyone should possess a few cows. Both of these should be utilized for one’s daily bread. Above that, if something is manufactured in a factory, it should be considered the property of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because the ingredients belong to the Supreme Lord. Actually, there is no need to manufacture such things artificially, but if it is done, one should consider that the goods produced belong to the Supreme Lord. Spiritual communism recognizes the supreme proprietorship of the Supreme Lord. As Lord Kṛṣṇa explains in the Bhagavad-gītā (5.29):

bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁsarva-loka-maheśvaram
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ
jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati

“A person in full consciousness of Me, knowing Me to be the ultimate beneficiary of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods, and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attains peace from the pangs of material miseries.”

It is further explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam that no one should claim anything as his property. Whatever property one claims to be his actually belongs to Kṛṣṇa. One should be satisfied with whatever has been allotted by the Supreme Lord and should not encroach upon the property of others. This will lead to peace in the whole world.

Bengali

ভাগবতের সম্বন্ধ, অভিধেয়, প্রয়োজন ।
চতুঃশ্লোকীতে প্রকট তার করিয়াছে লক্ষণ ॥ ১০২ ॥

Text

bhāgavatera sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana
catuḥ-ślokīte prakaṭa tāra kariyāche lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

bhāgavatera — of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sambandha — a personal relationship with God; abhidheya — activities in that relationship; prayojana — the ultimate goal of life; catuḥ-ślokīte — in the four famous verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prakaṭa — manifesting; tāra — of them; kariyāche — has done; lakṣaṇa — the symptoms.

Translation

“The essence of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam — our relationship with the Supreme Lord, our activities in that connection and the goal of life — is manifest in the four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam known as the catuḥ-ślokī. Everything is explained in those verses.

Bengali

“আমি — ‘সম্বন্ধ’-তত্ত্ব, আমার জ্ঞানংবিজ্ঞান ।
আমা পাইতে সাধন-ভক্তি ‘অভিধেয়’-নাম ॥ ১০৩ ॥

Text

“āmi — ‘sambandha’-tattva, āmāra jñāna-vijñāna
āmā pāite sādhana-bhakti ‘abhidheya’-nāma

Synonyms

āmi — I; sambandha-tattva — the center of all relationships; āmāra — of Me; jñāna — knowledge; vijñāna — practical application of that knowledge; āmā pāite — to obtain Me; sādhana-bhakti — the practice of devotional service; abhidheya-nāma — is called activities in that relationship.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa says:] ‘I am the center of all relationships. Knowledge of Me and the practical application of that knowledge is actual knowledge. Approaching Me for devotional service is called abhidheya.

Purport

Spiritual knowledge means fully understanding the Absolute Truth in three features — impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā and the all-powerful Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ultimately when one takes shelter at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and engages in the Lord’s service, the resultant knowledge is called vijñāna, special knowledge, or the practical application of spiritual knowledge. One should be engaged in the Lord’s devotional service to achieve the aim of life, called prayojana. The practice of devotional service to attain that goal of life is called abhidheya.

Bengali

সাধনের ফল — ‘প্রেম’ মূল-প্রয়োজন ।
সেই প্রেমে পায় জীব আমার ‘সেবন’ ॥ ১০৪ ॥

Text

sādhanera phala — ‘prema’ mūla-prayojana
sei preme pāya jīva āmāra ‘sevana’

Synonyms

sādhanera phala — the result of devotional service; prema — love of Godhead; mūla-prayojana — the chief goal; sei preme — by that love of Godhead; pāya — gets; jīva — the living entity; āmāra — My; sevana — service.

Translation

“ ‘By rendering devotional service, one gradually rises to the platform of love of Godhead. That is the chief goal of life. On the platform of love of Godhead, one is eternally engaged in the service of the Lord.

Bengali

জ্ঞানং পরমগুহ্যং মে যদ্বিজ্ঞান-সমন্বিতম্ ।
স-রহস্যং তদঙ্গঞ্চ গৃহাণ গদিতং ময়া ॥ ১০৫ ॥

Text

jñānaṁ parama-guhyaṁ me
yad vijñāna-samanvitam
sa-rahasyaṁ tad-aṅgaṁ ca
gṛhāṇa gaditaṁ mayā

Synonyms

jñānam — knowledge; parama — extremely; guhyam — confidential; me — of Me; yat — which; vijñāna — realization; samanvitam — fully endowed with; sa-rahasyam — with mystery; tat — of that; aṅgam — supplementary parts; ca — and; gṛhāṇa — just try to take up; gaditam — explained; mayā — by Me.

Translation

“ ‘Please hear attentively what I shall speak to you, for transcendental knowledge about Me is not only scientific but full of mysteries.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.31). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 51.

Bengali

এই ‘তিন’ তত্ত্ব আমি কহিনু তোমারে ।
‘জীব’ তুমি এই তিন নারিবে জানিবারে ॥ ১০৬ ॥

Text

ei ‘tina’ tattva āmi kahinu tomāre
‘jīva’ tumi ei tina nāribe jānibāre

Synonyms

ei tina tattva — all three of these features of the Absolute Truth; āmi — I; kahinu — shall speak; tomāre — unto you; jīva — a living being; tumi — you; ei tina — these three; nāribe — will not be able; jānibāre — to understand.

Translation

“ ‘O Brahmā, I shall explain all these truths to you. Since you are a living being [jīva], without My explanation you will not be able to understand your relationship with Me, devotional activity and life’s ultimate goal.

Bengali

যৈছে আমার ‘স্বরূপ’, যৈছে আমার ‘স্থিতি’ ।
যৈছে আমার গুণ, কর্ম, ষড়ৈশ্বর্য-শক্তি ॥ ১০৭ ॥

Text

yaiche āmāra ‘svarūpa’, yaiche āmāra ‘sthiti’
yaiche āmāra guṇa, karma, ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-śakti

Synonyms

yaiche — as far as; āmāra — My; svarūpa — original form; yaiche — as far as; āmāra — My; sthiti — situation; yaiche — as far as; āmāra — My; guṇa — attributes; karma — activities; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-śakti — six kinds of opulence.

Translation

“ ‘I shall explain to you My actual form and situation, My attributes, activities and six opulences.’

Bengali

আমার কৃপায় এই সব স্ফুরুক তোমারে ।”
এত বলি’ তিন তত্ত্ব কহিলা তাঁহারে ॥ ১০৮ ॥

Text

āmāra kṛpāya ei saba sphuruka tomāre”
eta bali’ tina tattva kahilā tāṅhāre

Synonyms

āmāra — My; kṛpāya — by mercy; ei saba — all these; sphuruka tomāre — let them be awakened in you; eta bali’ — saying this; tina tattva — the three truths; kahilā tāṅhāre — explained to him.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa assured Lord Brahmā, ‘By My mercy all these things will be awakened in you.’ Saying this, the Lord began to explain the three truths [tattvas] to Lord Brahmā.

Bengali

যাবানহং যথা-ভাবো যদ্রূপগুণকর্মকঃ ।
তথৈব তত্ত্ববিজ্ঞানমস্তু তে মদনুগ্রহাৎ ॥ ১০৯ ॥

Text

yāvān ahaṁ yathā-bhāvo
yad-rūpa-guṇa-karmakaḥ
tathaiva tattva-vijñānam
astu te mad-anugrahāt

Synonyms

yāvān — as I am in My eternal form; aham — I; yathā — in whichever manner; bhāvaḥ — transcendental existence; yat — whatever; rūpa — various forms and colors; guṇa — qualities; karmakaḥ — activities; tathā eva — exactly so; tattva-vijñānam — factual realization; astu — let there be; te — your; mat — My; anugrahāt — by causeless mercy.

Translation

“ ‘By My causeless mercy, be enlightened in truth about My personality, manifestations, qualities and pastimes.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.32). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 52.

Bengali

সৃষ্টির পূর্বে ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ আমি ত’ হইয়ে ।
‘প্রপঞ্চ’, ‘প্রকৃতি’, ‘পুরুষ’ আমাতেই লয়ে ॥ ১১০ ॥

Text

sṛṣṭira pūrve ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa āmi ta’ ha-iye
‘prapañca’, ‘prakṛti’, ‘puruṣa’ āmātei laye

Synonyms

sṛṣṭira pūrve — before the creation of this cosmic manifestation; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa — full of six opulences; āmi — I; ta’ ha-iye — indeed existed; prapañca — the total material energy; prakṛti — material nature; puruṣa — the living entities; āmātei laye — were all existing in Me.

Translation

“ ‘Before the creation of the cosmic manifestation,’ the Lord said, ‘I existed, and the total material energy, material nature and the living entities all existed in Me.

Bengali

সৃষ্টি করি’ তার মধ্যে আমি প্রবেশিয়ে ।
প্রপঞ্চ যে দেখ সব, সেহ আমি হইয়ে ॥ ১১১ ॥

Text

sṛṣṭi kari’ tāra madhye āmi praveśiye
prapañca ye dekha saba, seha āmi ha-iye

Synonyms

sṛṣṭi kari’ — after creating; tāra madhye — within the creation; āmi praveśiye — I enter as Lord Viṣṇu; prapañca — the cosmic manifestation; ye — whatever; dekha — you see; saba — all; seha — that; āmi ha-iye — I am.

Translation

“ ‘After creating the cosmic manifestation, I entered into it. Whatever you see in the cosmic manifestation is but an expansion of My energy.

Bengali

প্রলয়ে অবশিষ্ট আমি ‘পূর্ণ’ হইয়ে ।
প্রাকৃত প্রপঞ্চ পায় আমাতেই লয়ে ॥ ১১২ ॥

Text

pralaye avaśiṣṭa āmi ‘pūrṇa’ ha-iye
prākṛta prapañca pāya āmātei laye

Synonyms

pralaye — at the time of annihilation; avaśiṣṭa — what remains; āmi — I; pūrṇa — full; ha-iye — am; prākṛta prapañca — the material cosmic manifestation; pāya — obtains; āmātei — in Me; laye — dissolution.

Translation

“ ‘When the whole universe dissolves, I remain full in Myself, and everything that was manifested is again preserved in Me.

Bengali

অহমেবাসমেবাগ্রে নান্যদ্‌যৎ সদসৎপরম্ ।
পশ্চাদহং যদেতচ্চ যোঽবশিষ্যেত সোঽস্ম্যহম্ ॥ ১১৩ ॥

Text

aham evāsam evāgre
nānyad yat sad-asat-param
paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca
yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham

Synonyms

aham — I, the Personality of Godhead; eva — certainly; āsam — existed; eva — only; agre — before the creation; na — never; anyat — anything else; yat — which; sat — the effect; asat — the cause; param — the supreme; paścāt — after; aham — I, the Personality of Godhead; yat — which; etat — this creation; ca — also; yaḥ — who; avaśiṣyeta — remains; saḥ — that; asmi — am; aham — I, the Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Prior to the cosmic manifestation, only I exist, and no phenomena exist, either gross, subtle or primordial. After creation, only I exist in everything, and after annihilation, only I remain eternally.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.33). It is the first verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 53.

Bengali

“অহমেব”-শ্লোকে ‘অহম্’ — তিনবার ।
পূর্ণৈশ্বর্য শ্রীবিগ্রহ-স্থিতির নির্ধার ॥ ১১৪ ॥

Text

“aham eva”-śloke ‘aham’ — tina-bāra
pūrṇaiśvarya śrī-vigraha-sthitira nirdhāra

Synonyms

aham eva — I only; śloke — in this verse; aham — the word aham; tina-bāra — three times; pūrṇa-aiśvarya — full of all opulences; śrī-vigraha — of the transcendental form of the Lord; sthitira — of the existence; nirdhāra — confirmation.

Translation

“In the verse beginning ‘aham eva,’ the word ‘aham’ is expressed three times. In the beginning there are the words ‘aham eva.’ In the second line there are the words ‘paścād aham.’ At the end are the words ‘so ’smy aham.’ This ‘aham’ indicates the Supreme Person. By the repetition of ‘aham,’ the transcendental personality who is complete with six opulences is confirmed.

Bengali

যে ‘বিগ্রহ’ নাহি মানে, ‘নিরাকার’ মানে ।
তারে তিরস্করিবারে করিলা নির্ধারণে ॥ ১১৫ ॥

Text

ye ‘vigraha’ nāhi māne, ‘nirākāra’ māne
tāre tiraskaribāre karilā nirdhāraṇe

Synonyms

ye — one who; vigraha — that Personality of Godhead; nāhi māne — does not accept; nirākāra māne — considers impersonal; tāre — him; tiraskaribāre — just to chastise; karilā — has done; nirdhāraṇe — ascertainment.

Translation

“Impersonalists do not accept the personal feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead is stressed in this verse in order to impress upon them the necessity of accepting Him. Therefore the word ‘aham’ is mentioned three times. To stress something important, one repeats it three times.

Bengali

এই সব শব্দে হয় — ‘জ্ঞান’-‘বিজ্ঞান’-বিবেক ।
মায়া-কার্য, মায়া হৈতে আমি — ব্যতিরেক ॥ ১১৬ ॥

Text

ei saba śabde haya — ‘jñāna’-‘vijñāna’-viveka
māyā-kārya, māyā haite āmi — vyatireka

Synonyms

ei saba — all these; śabde — in the words; haya — there is; jñāna — of real spiritual knowledge; vijñāna — of the practical application of the knowledge; viveka — consideration; māyā-kārya — the activities of the external energy; māyā haite — from the activities of the material energy; āmi — I; vyatireka — distinct.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa continued:] ‘Actual spiritual knowledge and its practical application are considered in all these sound vibrations. Although the external energy comes from Me, I am different from it.

Bengali

যৈছে সূর্যের স্থানে ভাসয়ে ‘আভাস’ ।
সূর্য বিনা স্বতন্ত্র তার না হয় প্রকাশ ॥ ১১৭ ॥

Text

yaiche sūryera sthāne bhāsaye ‘ābhāsa’
sūrya vinā svatantra tāra nā haya prakāśa

Synonyms

yaiche — just as; sūryera — of the sun; sthāne — in place; bhāsaye — appears; ābhāsa — the illumination; sūrya vinā — without the sun; svatantra — independently; tāra — of that; haya — is not; prakāśa — manifestation.

Translation

“ ‘Sometimes a reflection of the sun is experienced in place of the sun, but its illumination is never possible independent of the sun.

Bengali

মায়াতীত হৈলে হয় আমার ‘অনুভব’ ।
এই ‘সম্বন্ধ’-তত্ত্ব কহিলুঁ, শুন আর সব ॥ ১১৮ ॥

Text

māyātīta haile haya āmāra ‘anubhava’
ei ‘sambandha’-tattva kahiluṅ, śuna āra saba

Synonyms

māyā-atīta haile — when one becomes transcendentally situated above this external energy; haya — there is; āmāra anubhava — perception of Me; ei sambandha-tattva kahiluṅ — this has been explained as the principle of a relationship with Me; śuna — please hear; āra saba — all the rest.

Translation

“ ‘When one is transcendentally situated, he can perceive Me. This perception is the basis of one’s relationship with the Supreme Lord. Now let Me further explain this subject matter.

Purport

Real spiritual knowledge has to be received from revealed scriptures. After this knowledge is attained, one can begin to perceive his actual spiritual life. Any knowledge achieved by speculation is imperfect. One must receive knowledge from the paramparā system and from the guru; otherwise one will be bewildered and will ultimately become an impersonalist. One who very scrutinizingly deliberates on genuine spiritual knowledge can realize the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is always transcendental to this material creation. Nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt: “Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always transcendental.” He is not a creation of this material world. Without realizing spiritual knowledge, one cannot understand that the transcendental form of the Lord is always beyond the creative energy. The example of the sun and the sunshine is given. The sunshine is not the sun, but still the sunshine is not separate from the sun. The philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva (simultaneously one and different) cannot be understood by one who is fully under the influence of the external energy. Consequently a person under the influence of the material energy cannot understand the nature and form of the Personality of the Absolute Truth.

Bengali

ঋতেঽর্থং যৎ প্রতীয়েত ন প্রতীয়েত চাত্মনি ।
তদ্বিদ্যাদাত্মনো মায়াং যথাভাসো যথা তমঃ ॥ ১১৯ ॥

Text

ṛte ’rthaṁ yat pratīyeta
na pratīyeta cātmani
tad vidyād ātmano māyāṁ
yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ

Synonyms

ṛte — without; artham — value; yat — that which; pratīyeta — appears to be; na — not; pratīyeta — appears to be; ca — certainly; ātmani — in relation to Me; tat — that; vidyāt — you must know; ātmanaḥ — My; māyām — illusory energy; yathā — just as; ābhāsaḥ — the reflection; yathā — just as; tamaḥ — the darkness.

Translation

“ ‘What appears to be truth without Me is certainly My illusory energy, for nothing can exist without Me. It is like a reflection of a real light in the shadows, for in the light there are neither shadows nor reflections.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.34). It is the second verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation of this verse, see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 54.

Bengali

‘অভিধেয়’ সাধনভক্তির শুনহ বিচার ।
সর্ব-জন-দেশ-কাল-দশাতে ব্যাপ্তি যার ॥ ১২০ ॥

Text

‘abhidheya’ sādhana-bhaktira śunaha vicāra
sarva-jana-deśa-kāla-daśāte vyāpti yāra

Synonyms

abhidheya — the means to obtain an end; sādhana-bhaktira — of the process of executing devotional service; śunaha vicāra — please hear the procedure; sarva — all; jana — people; deśa — countries; kāla — times; daśāte — and in circumstances; vyāpti yāra — which is all-pervasive.

Translation

“ ‘Now please hear from Me about the process of devotional service, which is applicable in any country, for any person, at all times and in all circumstances.

Purport

The cult of bhāgavata-dharma can be spread in all circumstances, among all people and in all countries. Many envious people accuse the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement of spoiling the rigidity of so-called Hinduism. That is not actually the fact. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms that devotional service to the Lord — the cult of bhāgavata-dharma, which is now being spread as the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement — can be spread in every country, to every person, in any condition of life, and in all circumstances. Bhāgavata-dharma does not restrict pure devotees to the Hindu community. A pure devotee is above a brāhmaṇa; therefore it is not incompatible to offer the sacred thread to devotees in Europe, America, Australia, Japan, Canada, and so on. Sometimes these pure devotees, who have been accepted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, are not allowed to enter certain temples in India. Also, some high-caste brāhmaṇas and gosvāmīs refuse to take prasādam in the temples of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. Actually this is against the instruction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Devotees can come from any country, and they can belong to any creed or race. On the strength of this verse, those who are actually devotees and followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu must accept devotees from all parts of the world as pure Vaiṣṇavas. They should be accepted not artificially but factually. One should see how they are advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and how they are conducting Deity worship, saṅkīrtana and Ratha-yātrā. Considering all these points, the envious persons must henceforward refrain from their malicious atrocities.

Bengali

‘ধর্মাদি’ বিষয়ে যৈছে এ ‘চারি’ বিচার ।
সাধন-ভক্তি — এই চারি বিচারের পার ॥ ১২১ ॥

Text

‘dharmādi’ viṣaye yaiche e ‘cāri’ vicāra
sādhana-bhakti — ei cāri vicārera pāra

Synonyms

dharma-ādi — of religious activities and so on; viṣaye — in the subject matter; yaiche — just as; e cāri vicāra — there is a consideration of four principles, namely the person, country, time and atmosphere; sādhana-bhakti — of devotional service; ei — these; cāri — four; vicārera — to the considerations; pāra — transcendental.

Translation

“ ‘As far as religious principles are concerned, there is a consideration of the person, the country, the time and the circumstance. In devotional service, however, there are no such considerations. Devotional service is transcendental to all such considerations.

Purport

When we are on the material platform, there are different types of religions — Hinduism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism and so on. These are instituted for a particular time, a particular country or a particular person. Consequently there are differences. Christian principles are different from Hindu principles, and Hindu principles are different from Muslim and Buddhist principles. These may be considered on the material platform, but when we come to the platform of transcendental devotional service, there are no such considerations. The transcendental service of the Lord (sādhana-bhakti) is above these principles. The world is anxious for religious unity, and that common platform can be achieved in transcendental devotional service. This is the verdict of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. When one becomes a Vaiṣṇava, he becomes transcendental to all these limited considerations. This is confirmed by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (14.26):

māṁ ca yo ’vyabhicāreṇabhakti-yogena sevate
sa guṇān samatītyaitān
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate

“One who engages in full devotional service, unfailing in all circumstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to the level of Brahman.”

The devotional activities of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement are completely transcendental to material considerations. As far as different faiths are concerned, religions may be of different types, but on the spiritual platform, everyone has an equal right to execute devotional service. That is the platform of oneness and the basis for a classless society. In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura confirms that one has to learn from a bona fide spiritual master about religious principles, economic development, sense gratification and ultimately liberation. These are the four divisions of regulated life, but they are on the material platform. On the spiritual platform, the four principles are jñāna, vijñāna, tad-aṅga and tad-rahasya. Rules, regulations and restrictions are on the material platform, but on the spiritual platform one has to be equipped with transcendental knowledge, which is above the principles of religious rituals. Mundane religious activity is known as smārta-viddhi, but transcendental devotional service is called gosvāmi-viddhi. Unfortunately many so-called gosvāmīs are on the platform of smārta-viddhi, yet they try to pass as gosvāmi-viddhi, and thus the people are cheated. Gosvāmī-viddhi is strictly explained in Sanātana Gosvāmī’s Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, wherein it is stated:

yathā kāñcanatāṁ yātikāṁsyaṁ rasa-vidhānataḥ
tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena
dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām

“By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of a brāhmaṇa.”

The conclusion is that devotional service is open for everyone, regardless of caste, creed, time and country. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is functioning according to this principle.

Bengali

সর্ব-দেশ-কাল-দশায় জনের কর্তব্য ।
গুরু-পাশে সেই ভক্তি প্রষ্টব্য, শ্রোতব্য ॥ ১২২ ॥

Text

sarva-deśa-kāla-daśāya janera kartavya
guru-pāśe sei bhakti praṣṭavya, śrotavya

Synonyms

sarva — all; deśa — countries; kāla — times; daśāya — and in circumstances; janera — of every man; kartavya — the duty; guru-pāśe — in the care of a spiritual master; sei — that; bhakti — devotional service; praṣṭavya — to be inquired; śrotavya — and to be heard.

Translation

“ ‘It is therefore the duty of every man — in every country, in every circumstance and at all times — to approach a bona fide spiritual master, question him about devotional service and listen to him explain the process.

Bengali

এতাবদেব জিজ্ঞাস্যং তত্ত্বজিজ্ঞাসুনাত্মনঃ ।
অন্বয়-ব্যতিরেকাভ্যাং যৎ স্যাৎ সর্বত্র সর্বদা ॥ ১২৩ ॥

Text

etāvad eva jijñāsyaṁ
tattva-jijñāsunātmanaḥ
anvaya-vyatirekābhyāṁ
yat syāt sarvatra sarvadā

Synonyms

etāvat — up to this; eva — certainly; jijñāsyam — to be inquired about; tattva — of the Absolute Truth; jijñāsunā — by the student; ātmanaḥ — of the self; anvaya — directly; vyatirekābhyām — and indirectly; yat — whatever; syāt — it may be; sarvatra — everywhere; sarvadā — always.

Translation

“ ‘A person interested in transcendental knowledge must therefore always directly and indirectly inquire about it to know about the all-pervading truth.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.36). It is the fourth verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 56.

Bengali

আমাতে যে ‘প্রীতি’, সেই ‘প্রেম’ — ‘প্রয়োজন’ ।
কার্যদ্বারে কহি তার ‘স্বরূপ’-লক্ষণ ॥ ১২৪ ॥

Text

āmāte ye ‘prīti’, sei ‘prema’ — ‘prayojana’
kārya-dvāre kahi tāra ‘svarūpa’-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

āmāte — unto Me; ye — whatever; prīti — affection; sei — that; prema — love of Godhead; prayojana — the ultimate goal of life; kārya-dvāre — by practical example; kahi — let Me inform; tāra — its; svarūpa-lakṣaṇa — natural characteristics.

Translation

“ ‘Supreme affection for Me is called love of Godhead, and that is the ultimate goal of life. Let Me explain by a practical example the natural characteristics of such love.

Bengali

পঞ্চভূত যৈছে ভূতের ভিতরে-বাহিরে ।
ভক্তগণে স্ফুরি আমি বাহিরে-অন্তরে ॥ ১২৫ ॥

Text

pañca-bhūta yaiche bhūtera bhitare-bāhire
bhakta-gaṇe sphuri āmi bāhire-antare

Synonyms

pañca-bhūta — the five material elements; yaiche — just as; bhūtera — of the living entities; bhitare — inside; bāhire — and outside; bhakta-gaṇe — unto the devotees; sphuri — becoming manifest; āmi — I; bāhire-antare — externally and internally.

Translation

“ ‘The five material elements are existing inside and outside of every living entity. Similarly, I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, am manifest within the heart of the devotee as well as outside his body.

Purport

The pure devotee knows that he is a servant of Kṛṣṇa eternally. He knows that everything can be used in the service of the Lord.

Bengali

যথা মহান্তি ভূতানি ভূতেষূচ্চাবচেষ্বনু ।
প্রবিষ্টান্যপ্রবিষ্টানি তথা তেষু ন তেষ্বহম্‌ ॥ ১২৬ ॥

Text

yathā mahānti bhūtāni
bhūteṣūccāvaceṣv anu
praviṣṭāny apraviṣṭāni
tathā teṣu na teṣv aham

Synonyms

yathā — as; mahānti — the universal; bhūtāni — elements; bhūteṣu — in the living entities; ucca-avaceṣu — both gigantic and minute; anu — after; praviṣṭāni — situated internally; apraviṣṭāni — situated externally; tathā — so; teṣu — in them; na — not; teṣu — in them; aham — I.

Translation

“ ‘As the material elements enter the bodies of all living beings and yet remain outside them all, I exist within all material creations and yet am not within them.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.35). It is also the third verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 55.

Bengali

ভক্ত আমা প্রেমে বান্ধিয়াছে হৃদয়-ভিতরে ।
যাহাঁ নেত্র পড়ে তাহাঁ দেখয়ে আমারে ॥ ১২৭ ॥

Text

bhakta āmā preme bāndhiyāche hṛdaya-bhitare
yāhāṅ netra paḍe tāhāṅ dekhaye āmāre

Synonyms

bhakta — a devotee; āmā — Me; preme — by love; bāndiyāche — has bound; hṛdaya-bhitare — within his heart; yāhāṅ — wherever; netra — the eyes; paḍe — fall; tāhāṅ — there; dekhaye — he sees; āmāre — Me.

Translation

“ ‘A highly elevated devotee can bind Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in his heart by love. Wherever he looks, he sees Me and nothing else.

Bengali

বিসৃজতি হৃদয়ং ন যস্য সাক্ষাং
দ্ধরিরবশাভিহিতোঽপ্যঘৌঘনাশঃ ।
প্রণয়রসনয়া ধৃতাঙ্ঘ্রিপদ্মঃ
স ভবতি ভাগবতপ্রধান উক্তঃ ॥ ১২৮ ॥

Text

visṛjati hṛdayaṁ na yasya sākṣād
dharir avaśābhihito ’py aghaugha-nāśaḥ
praṇaya-rasanayā dhṛtāṅghri-padmaḥ
sa bhavati bhāgavata-pradhāna uktaḥ

Synonyms

visṛjati — gives up; hṛdayam — the heart; na — not; yasya — whose; sākṣāt — directly; hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; avaśa-abhihitaḥ — who is automatically or inattentively glorified; api — although; agha-ogha-nāśaḥ — who annihilates all kinds of inauspicious offenses for a devotee; praṇaya-rasanayā — with the rope of love; dhṛta-aṅghri-padmaḥ — whose lotus feet are bound; saḥ — such a devotee; bhavati — is; bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ — the most elevated devotee; uktaḥ — is said.

Translation

“ ‘Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who destroys everything inauspicious for His devotees, does not leave the hearts of His devotees even if they remember Him and chant about Him inattentively. This is because the rope of love always binds the Lord within the devotees’ hearts. Such devotees should be accepted as most elevated.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.55).

Bengali

সর্বভূতেষু যঃ পশ্যেদ্ভগবদ্ভাবমাত্মনঃ ।
ভূতানি ভগবত্যাত্মন্যেষ ভাগবতোত্তমঃ ॥ ১২৯ ॥

Text

sarva-bhūteṣu yaḥ paśyed
bhagavad-bhāvam ātmanaḥ
bhūtāni bhagavaty ātmany
eṣa bhāgavatottamaḥ

Synonyms

sarva-bhūteṣu — in all objects (in matter, spirit, or combinations of matter and spirit); yaḥ — anyone who; paśyet — sees; bhagavat-bhāvam — the capacity to be engaged in the service of the Lord; ātmanaḥ — of the Supreme Spirit Soul, or the transcendence beyond the material conception of life; bhūtāni — all beings; bhagavati — in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ātmani — the basic principle of all existence; eṣaḥ — this; bhāgavata-uttamaḥ — a person advanced in devotional service.

Translation

“ ‘A person advanced in devotional service sees within everything the soul of souls, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Consequently he always sees the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes and understands that all things are situated in Him.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.45).

Bengali

গায়ন্ত উচ্চৈরমুমেব সংহতাঃ
বিচিক্যুরুন্মত্তকবদ্বনাদ্বনম্‌ ।
পপ্রচ্ছুরাকাশবদন্তরং বহি-
র্ভূতেষু সন্তং পুরুষং বনস্পতীন্‌ ॥ ১৩০ ॥

Text

gāyanta uccair amum eva saṁhatāḥ
vicikyur unmattaka-vad vanād vanam
papracchur ākāśa-vad antaraṁ bahir
bhūteṣu santaṁ puruṣaṁ vanaspatīn

Synonyms

gāyantaḥ — continuously singing; uccaiḥ — very loudly; amum — that one (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa); eva — certainly; saṁhatāḥ — being assembled together; vicikyuḥ — searched; unmattaka-vat — like those who have become mad; vanāt — from one forest; vanam — to another forest; papracchuḥ — asked about; ākāśa-vat — like the sky; antaram — within; bahiḥ — outside; bhūteṣu — in all living entities; santam — existing; puruṣam — the Supreme Person; vanaspatīn — all the trees and plants.

Translation

“ ‘All the gopīs assembled to chant the transcendental qualities of Kṛṣṇa very loudly, and they began to wander from one forest to another like madwomen. They began to inquire about the Lord, who is situated in all living entities, internally and externally. Indeed, they even asked all the plants and vegetables about Him, the Supreme Person.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.30.4). The gopīs almost went mad due to Kṛṣṇa’s suddenly leaving the rāsa dance. Because the gopīs were fully absorbed in thoughts of Kṛṣṇa, they were imitating His different postures and pastimes. They became very much saddened because of His absence, and this incident is explained by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit.

Bengali

অতএব ভাগবতে এই ‘তিন’ কয় ।
সম্বন্ধ-অভিধেয়-প্রয়োজন-ময় ॥ ১৩১ ॥

Text

ataeva bhāgavate ei ‘tina’ kaya
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya

Synonyms

ataeva — therefore; bhāgavate — in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; ei tina — these three principles; kaya — are explained; sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya — first one’s relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Thus one’s relationship with the Lord, activities in devotional service, and the attainment of the highest goal of life, love of Godhead, are the subject matters of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

Bengali

বদন্তি তত্তত্ত্ববিদস্তত্ত্বং যজ্‌জ্ঞানমদ্বয়ম্ ।
ব্রহ্মেতি পরমাত্মেতি ভগবানিতি শব্দ্যতে ॥ ১৩২ ॥

Text

vadanti tat tattva-vidas
tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam
brahmeti paramātmeti
bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadanti — they say; tat — that; tattva-vidaḥ — those who know the Absolute Truth; tattvam — the ultimate goal; yat — which; jñānam advayam — identical knowledge; brahma iti — as the impersonal Brahman; paramātmā iti — as the Supersoul; bhagavān iti — as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śabdyate — it is described.

Translation

“ ‘The Absolute Truth is known by the self-realized souls as a unified identity known by different names — impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā, and Bhagavān, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, text 11.

Bengali

ভগবানেক আসেদমগ্র আত্মাত্মনাং বিভুঃ ।
আত্মেচ্ছানুগতাবাত্মা অনানামত্যুপলক্ষণঃ ॥ ১৩৩ ॥

Text

bhagavān eka āsedam
agra ātmātmanāṁ vibhuḥ
ātmecchānugatāv ātmā
anānā-maty-upalakṣaṇaḥ

Synonyms

bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekaḥ — only; āsa — was; idam — this universe; agre — before (before the creation of this cosmic manifestation); ātmā — the living force; ātmanām — of all the living entities; vibhuḥ — the Supreme Lord; ātma — of the Supreme; icchā — the will; anugatau — according to; ātmā — the Supersoul; anānā-mati-upalakṣaṇaḥ — who is not realized by persons having many angles of vision.

Translation

“ ‘Before the cosmic manifestation was created, the creative propensity was merged in the Supreme Lord’s person. At that time all potencies and manifestations were preserved in His personality. The Lord is the cause of all causes, and He is the all- pervading, self-sufficient person. Before the creation, He existed with His spiritual potency in the spiritual world, wherein various Vaikuṇṭha planets are manifested.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.5.23).

Bengali

এতে চাংশকলাঃ পুংসঃ কৃষ্ণস্তু ভগবান্‌ স্বয়ম্‌ ।
ইন্দ্রারি-ব্যাকুলং লোকং মৃড়য়ন্তি যুগে যুগে ॥ ১৩৪ ॥

Text

ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ
kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam
indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ
mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

ete — these; ca — and; aṁśa — plenary portions; kalāḥ — parts of plenary portions; puṁsaḥ — of the puruṣa-avatāras; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; tu — but; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam — Himself; indra-ari — the enemies of Lord Indra; vyākulam — full of; lokam — the world; mṛḍayanti — make happy; yuge yuge — at the right time in each age.

Translation

“ ‘All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions of the puruṣa-avatāras. But Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of Indra.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28). For an explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, text 67.

Bengali

এইত’ ‘সম্বন্ধ’, শুন ‘অভিধেয়’ ভক্তি ।
ভাগবতে প্রতি-শ্লোকে ব্যাপে যার স্থিতি ॥ ১৩৫ ॥

Text

eita’ ‘sambandha’, śuna ‘abhidheya’ bhakti
bhāgavate prati-śloke vyāpe yāra sthiti

Synonyms

eita’ — this; sambandha — relationship; śuna — please hear; abhidheya — the function; bhakti — known as devotional service; bhāgavate — in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prati-śloke — in each and every verse; vyāpe — pervades; yāra — of which; sthiti — the situation.

Translation

“This is one’s eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Now please hear about the execution of devotional service. This principle pervades each and every verse of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

Bengali

ভক্ত্যাহমেকয়া গ্রাহ্যঃ শ্রদ্ধয়াত্মা প্রিয়ঃ সতাম্ ।
ভক্তিঃ পুনাতি মন্নিষ্ঠা শ্বপাকানপি সম্ভবাৎ ॥ ১৩৬ ॥

Text

bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ
śraddhayātmā priyaḥ satām
bhaktiḥ punāti man-niṣṭhā
śva-pākān api sambhavāt

Synonyms

bhaktyā — by devotional service; aham — I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekayā — unflinching; grāhyaḥ — obtainable; śraddhayā — by faith; ātmā — the most dear; priyaḥ — to be served; satām — by the devotees; bhaktiḥ — the devotional service; punāti — purifies; mat-niṣṭhā — fixed only on Me; śva-pākān — the lowest grade of human beings, who are accustomed to eating dogs; api — certainly; sambhavāt — from all faults due to birth and so on.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘Being very dear to the devotees and sādhus, I am attained through unflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which gradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born among dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual platform by the process of bhakti-yoga.’

Purport

Bengali

ন সাধয়তি মাং যোগো ন সাংখ্যং ধর্ম উদ্ধব ।
ন স্বাধ্যায়স্তপস্ত্যাগো যথা ভক্তির্মমোর্জিতা ॥ ১৩৭ ॥

Text

na sādhayati māṁ yogo
na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava
na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo
yathā bhaktir mamorjitā

Synonyms

na — never; sādhayati — causes to remain satisfied; mām — Me; yogaḥ — the process of control; na — nor; sāṅkhyam — the process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmaḥ — such an occupation; uddhava — My dear Uddhava; na — nor; svādhyāyaḥ — study of the Vedas; tapaḥ — austerities; tyāgaḥ — renunciation, acceptance of sannyāsa, or charity; yathā — as much as; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; mama — unto Me; ūrjitā — developed.

Translation

“[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, said:] ‘My dear Uddhava, neither through aṣṭāṅga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses], nor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance of sannyāsa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.14.20). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter seventeen, text 76.

Bengali

ভয়ং দ্বিতীয়াভিনিবেশতঃ স্যা-
দীশাদপেতস্য বিপর্যয়োঽস্মৃতিঃ ।
তন্মায়য়াতো বুধ আভজেত্তং
ভক্ত্যৈকয়েশং গুরুদেবতাত্মা ॥ ১৩৮ ॥

Text

bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ syād
īśād apetasya viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ
tan-māyayāto budha ābhajet taṁ
bhaktyaikayeśaṁ guru-devatātmā

Synonyms

bhayam — fear; dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ — from the misconception of being a product of material energy; syāt — arises; īśāt — from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; apetasya — of one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul); viparyayaḥ — reversal of position; asmṛtiḥ — no conception of his relationship with the Supreme Lord; tat-māyayā — because of the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord; ataḥ — therefore; budhaḥ — one who is wise; ābhajet — must worship; tam — Him; bhaktyā — by devotional service; ekayā — undiverted to karma and jñāna; īśam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; guru — as the spiritual master; devatā — worshipable Lord; ātmā — Supersoul.

Translation

“ ‘When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separate from Kṛṣṇa, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life is reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he becomes Kṛṣṇa’s competitor. This is called viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ. To nullify this mistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of life. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.37).

Bengali

এবে শুন, প্রেম, যেই — মূল ‘প্রয়োজন’ ।
পুলকাশ্রু-নৃত্য-গীত — যাহার লক্ষণ ॥ ১৩৯ ॥

Text

ebe śuna, prema, yei — mūla ‘prayojana’
pulakāśru-nṛtya-gīta — yāhāra lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

ebe śuna — now hear; prema — love of Godhead; yei — which; mūla prayojana — the chief objective; pulaka-aśru-nṛtya-gīta — trembling of the body, tears in the eyes, dancing and chanting; yāhāra lakṣaṇa — the symptoms of which.

Translation

“Now hear from Me what actual love of Godhead is. It is the prime object of life and is symptomized by bodily trembling, tears in the eyes, chanting and dancing.

Bengali

স্মরন্তঃ স্মারয়ন্ত্যশ্চ মিথোঽঘৌঘহরং হরিম্ ।
ভক্ত্যা সংজাতয়া ভক্ত্যা বিভ্রত্যুৎপুলকাং তনুম্ ॥ ১৪০ ॥

Text

smarantaḥ smārayantaś ca
mitho ’ghaugha-haraṁ harim
bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā
bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum

Synonyms

smarantaḥ — remembering; smārayantaḥ ca — and reminding; mithaḥ — one another; agha-ogha-haram — who takes away everything inauspicious from the devotee; harim — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktyā — by devotion; sañjātayā — awakened; bhaktyā — by devotion; bibhrati — possess; utpulakām — agitated by ecstasy; tanum — body.

Translation

“ ‘Pure devotees manifest spiritual bodily symptoms of ecstatic love simply by remembering and reminding others of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who takes away everything inauspicious from the devotee. This position is attained by rendering devotional service according to the regulative principles and then rising to the platform of spontaneous love.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.3.31).

Bengali

এবংব্রতঃ স্বপ্রিয়নামকীর্ত্যা
জাতানুরাগো দ্রুতচিত্ত উচ্চৈঃ ।
হসত্যথো রোদিতি রৌতি গায়-
ত্যুন্মাদবন্নৃত্যতি লোকবাহ্যঃ ॥ ১৪১ ॥

Text

evaṁ-vrataḥ sva-priya-nāma-kīrtyā
jātānurāgo druta-citta uccaiḥ
hasaty atho roditi rauti gāyaty
unmāda-van nṛtyati loka-bāhyaḥ

Synonyms

evam-vrataḥ — when one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; sva — own; priya — very dear; nāma — holy name; kīrtyā — by chanting; jāta — in this way develops; anurāgaḥ — attachment; druta-cittaḥ — very eagerly; uccaiḥ — loudly; hasati — laughs; atho — also; roditi — cries; rauti — becomes agitated; gāyati — chants; unmāda-vat — like a madman; nṛtyati — dances; loka-bāhyaḥ — without caring for outsiders.

Translation

“ ‘When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the holy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly chants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants like a madman, not caring for outsiders.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.40).

Bengali

অতএব ভাগবত — সূত্রের ‘অর্থ’-রূপ ।
নিজ-কৃত সূত্রের নিজ-‘ভাষ্য’-স্বরূপ ॥ ১৪২ ॥

Text

ataeva bhāgavata — sūtrera ‘artha’-rūpa
nija-kṛta sūtrera nija-‘bhāṣya’-svarūpa

Synonyms

ataeva — therefore; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sūtrera — of the Brahma-sūtra; artha — of the meaning; rūpa — the form; nija-kṛta — made by himself; sūtrera — of the Vedānta-sūtra; nija-bhāṣya — of his own commentary; svarūpa — the original form.

Translation

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives the actual meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra. The author of the Vedānta-sūtra is Vyāsadeva, and he himself has explained those aphorisms in the form of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

Bengali

অর্থোঽয়ং ব্রহ্মসূত্রাণাং ভারতার্থবিনির্ণয়ঃ ।
গায়ত্রীভাষ্যরূপোঽসৌ বেদার্থপরিবৃংহিতঃ ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
পুরাণানাং সামরূপঃ সাক্ষাদ্‌ভগবতোদিতঃ ।
দ্বাদশস্কন্ধযুক্তোঽয়ং শতবিচ্ছেদ-সংযুতঃ ।
গ্রন্থোঽষ্টাদশসাহস্রঃ শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতাভিধঃ ॥ ১৪৪ ॥

Text

artho ’yaṁ brahma-sūtrāṇāṁ
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ
gāyatrī-bhāṣya-rūpo ’sau
vedārtha-paribṛṁhitaḥ
purāṇānāṁ sāma-rūpaḥ
sākṣād-bhagavatoditaḥ
dvādaśa-skandha-yukto ’yaṁ
śata-viccheda-saṁyutaḥ
grantho ’ṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥ
śrīmad-bhāgavatābhidhaḥ

Synonyms

arthaḥ ayam — this is the meaning; brahma-sūtrāṇām — of the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; bhārata-artha-vinirṇayaḥ — the ascertainment of the Mahābhārata; gāyatrī-bhāṣya-rūpaḥ — the purport of Brahma-gāyatrī, the mother of the Vedic literatures; asau — that; veda-artha-paribṛṁhitaḥ — expanded by the meanings of all the Vedas; purāṇānām — of the Purāṇas; sāma-rūpaḥ — the best (like the Sāma among the Vedas); sākṣāt — directly; bhagavatā uditaḥ — spoken by Vyāsadeva, an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dvādaśa-skanda-yuktaḥ — having twelve cantos; ayam — this; śata-viccheda-saṁyutaḥ — having 335 chapters; granthaḥ — this great literature; aṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥ — having 18,000 verses; śrīmad-bhāgavata-abhidhaḥ — named Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

Translation

“ ‘The meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra is present in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The full purport of the Mahābhārata is also there. The commentary of the Brahma-gāyatrī is also there and fully expanded with all Vedic knowledge. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the supreme Purāṇa, and it was compiled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His incarnation as Vyāsadeva. There are twelve cantos, 335 chapters and eighteen thousand verses.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Garuḍa Purāṇa.

Bengali

সর্ব-বেদেতিহাসানাং সারং সারং সমুদ্‌ধৃতম্ ॥ ১৪৫ ॥

Text

sarva-vedetihāsānāṁ
sāraṁ sāraṁ samuddhṛtam

Synonyms

sarva-veda — of all Vedic literature; itihāsānām — of historical literature; sāram sāram — the essence of the essence; samuddhṛtam — is collected (in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam).

Translation

“ ‘The essence of all Vedic literature and all histories has been collected in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.’

Purport

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was collected by the incarnation of God, Vyāsadeva, and it was later taught to his son, Śukadeva Gosvāmī. This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.41).

Bengali

সর্ববেদান্তসারং হি শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতমিষ্যতে ।
তদ্‌রসামৃততৃপ্তস্য নান্যত্র স্যাদ্‌রতিঃ ক্বচিৎ ॥ ১৪৬ ॥

Text

sarva-vedānta-sāraṁ hi
śrīmad-bhāgavatam iṣyate
tad-rasāmṛta-tṛptasya
nānyatra syād ratiḥ kvacit

Synonyms

sarva-vedānta-sāram — the best part of all the Vedānta; hi — certainly; śrīmad-bhāgavatam — the great literature about Bhagavān; iṣyate — is accepted; tat-rasa-amṛta — by the transcendental mellow derived from that great literature; tṛptasya — of one who is satisfied; na — never; anyatra — anywhere else; syāt — is; ratiḥ — attraction; kvacit — at any time.

Translation

“ ‘Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is accepted as the essence of all Vedic literature and Vedānta philosophy. Whoever tastes the transcendental mellow of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is never attracted to any other literature.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.13.15).

Bengali

গায়ত্রীর অর্থে এই গ্রন্থ-আরম্ভন ।
“সত্যং পরং” — সম্বন্ধ, “ধীমহি” — সাধন-প্রয়োজন ॥ ১৪৭ ॥

Text

gāyatrīra arthe ei grantha-ārambhana
“satyaṁ paraṁ” — sambandha, “dhīmahi” — sādhana-prayojana

Synonyms

gāyatrīra arthe — with the meaning of Brahma-gāyatrī; ei — this; grantha — of the great literature; ārambhana — the beginning; satyam param — the supreme Absolute Truth; sambandha — shows a relationship; dhīmahi — we meditate (the end of the Gāyatrī mantra); sādhana-prayojana — the execution of service and the achievement of the ultimate goal.

Translation

“In the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there is an explanation of the Brahma-gāyatrī mantra. ‘The Absolute Truth [satyaṁ param]’ indicates the relationship, and ‘we meditate [dhīmahi] on Him’ indicates the execution of devotional service and the ultimate goal of life.

Bengali

জন্মাদ্যস্য যতোঽন্বয়াদিতরতশ্চার্থেষ্বভিজ্ঞঃ স্বরাট্
তেনে ব্রহ্ম হৃদা য আদিকবয়ে মুহ্যন্তি যৎ সূরয়ঃ ।
তেজোবারিমৃদাং যথা বিনিময়ো যত্র ত্রিসর্গোঽমৃষা
ধাম্না স্বেন সদা নিরস্তকুহকং সত্যং পরং ধীমহি ॥ ১৪৮ ॥

Text

janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ svarāṭ
tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ
tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo ’mṛṣā
dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

Synonyms

janma-ādi — creation, maintenance and dissolution; asya — of this (the universe); yataḥ — from whom; anvayāt — directly from the spiritual connection; itarataḥ — indirectly from the lack of material contact; ca — also; artheṣu — in all affairs; abhijñaḥ — perfectly cognizant; sva-rāṭ — independent; tene — imparted; brahma — the Absolute Truth; hṛdā — through the heart; yaḥ — who; ādi-kavaye — unto Lord Brahmā; muhyanti — are bewildered; yat — in whom; sūrayaḥ — great personalities like Lord Brahmā and other demigods or great brāhmaṇas; tejaḥ-vāri-mṛdām — of fire, water and earth; yathā — as; vinimayaḥ — the exchange; yatra — in whom; tri-sargaḥ — the material creation of three modes; amṛṣā — factual; dhāmnā — with the abode; svena — His own personal; sadā — always; nirasta-kuhakam — devoid of all illusion; satyam — the truth; param — absolute; dhīmahi — let us meditate upon.

Translation

“ ‘O my Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, O all-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. I meditate upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa because He is the Absolute Truth and the primeval cause of all causes of the creation, sustenance and destruction of the manifested universes. He is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations, and He is independent because there is no other cause beyond Him. It is He only who first imparted the Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmājī, the original living being. By Him even the great sages and demigods are placed into illusion, as one is bewildered by the illusory representations of water seen in fire, or land seen on water. Only because of Him do the material universes, temporarily manifested by the reactions of the three modes of nature, appear factual, although they are unreal. I therefore meditate upon Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally existent in the transcendental abode, which is forever free from the illusory representations of the material world. I meditate upon Him, for He is the Absolute Truth.

Purport

This is the opening invocation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.1).

Bengali

ধর্মঃ প্রোজ্ঝিতকৈতবোঽত্র পরমো নির্মৎসরাণাং সতাং
বেদ্যং বাস্তবমত্র বস্তু শিবদং তাপত্রয়োন্মূলনম্‌ ।
শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতে মহামুনিকৃতে কিংবাপরৈরীশ্বরঃ
সদ্যো হৃদ্যবরুধ্যতেঽত্র কৃতিভিঃ শুশ্রূষুভিস্তৎক্ষণাৎ ॥ ১৪৯ ॥

Text

dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satāṁ
vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu śiva-daṁ tāpa-trayonmūlanam
śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-muni-kṛte kiṁ vā parair īśvaraḥ
sadyo hṛdy avarudhyate ’tra kṛtibhiḥ śuśrūṣubhis tat-kṣaṇāt

Synonyms

dharmaḥ — religiosity; projjhita — completely rejected; kaitavaḥ — in which there is fruitive intention; atra — herein; paramaḥ — the highest; nirmatsarāṇām — of the one hundred percent pure in heart; satām — devotees; vedyam — to be understood; vāstavam — factual; atra — herein; vastu — substance; śiva-dam — giving well-being; tāpa-traya — of the threefold miseries; unmūlanam — causing uprooting; śrīmat — beautiful; bhāgavate — in the Bhāgavata Purāṇa; mahā-muni — by the great sage (Vyāsadeva); kṛte — compiled; kim — what; — indeed; paraiḥ — with others; īśvaraḥ — the Supreme Lord; sadyaḥ — at once; hṛdi — within the heart; avarudhyate — becomes confined; atra — herein; kṛtibhiḥ — by pious men; śuśrūṣubhiḥ — desiring to hear; tat-kṣaṇāt — without delay.

Translation

“ ‘Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this Bhāgavata Purāṇa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are fully pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This beautiful Bhāgavatam, compiled by the great sage Vyāsadeva [in his maturity], is sufficient in itself for God realization. What is the need of any other scripture? As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of Bhāgavatam, by this culture of knowledge the Supreme Lord is established within his heart.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.2). See also Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 91.

Bengali

‘কৃষ্ণভক্তিরসস্বরূপ’ শ্রীভাগবত ।
তাতে বেদশাস্ত্র হৈতে পরম মহত্ত্ব ॥ ১৫০ ॥

Text

‘kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-svarūpa’ śrī-bhāgavata
tāte veda-śāstra haite parama mahattva

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhakti — of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; rasa — of the transcendental mellow; svarūpa — the very form; śrī-bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; tāte — therefore; veda-śāstra — the Vedic literature; haite — than; parama mahattva — has greater utility and value.

Translation

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives direct information of the mellow derived from service to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is above all other Vedic literatures.

Bengali

নিগমকল্পতরোর্গলিতং ফলং
শুকমুখাদমৃতদ্রবসংযুতম্ ।
পিবত ভাগবতং রসমালয়ং
মুহুরহো রসিকা ভুবি ভাবুকাঃ ॥ ১৫১ ॥

Text

nigama-kalpa-taror galitaṁ phalaṁ
śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava-saṁyutam
pibata bhāgavataṁ rasam ālayaṁ
muhur aho rasikā bhuvi bhāvukāḥ

Synonyms

nigama-kalpa-taroḥ — of the Vedic literature, which is like a desire tree; galitam — completely ripened; phalam — fruit (which has come down without being distorted); śuka-mukhāt — from the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī; amṛta — which is like nectar; drava-saṁyutam — mixed with juice; pibata — just drink; bhāgavatamŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; rasam ālayam — the reservoir of all mellows; muhuḥ — constantly; aho — O; rasikāḥ — intelligent devotees who relish transcendental humors; bhuvi — in this world; bhāvukāḥ — thoughtful.

Translation

“ ‘The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the essence of all Vedic literatures, and it is considered the ripened fruit of the wish-fulfilling tree of Vedic knowledge. It has been sweetened by emanating from the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī. You who are thoughtful and who relish mellows should always try to taste this ripened fruit. O thoughtful devotees, as long as you are not absorbed in transcendental bliss, you should continue tasting this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and when you are fully absorbed in bliss, you should go on tasting its mellows forever.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.3).

Bengali

বয়ন্তু ন বিতৃপ্যাম উত্তমঃশ্লোক বিক্রমে ।
যচ্ছৃণ্বতাং রসজ্ঞানাং স্বাদু স্বাদু পদে পদে ॥ ১৫২ ॥

Text

vayaṁ tu na vitṛpyāma
uttamaḥśloka-vikrame
yac chṛṇvatāṁ rasa-jñānāṁ
svādu svādu pade pade

Synonyms

vayam tu — we of course; na — never; vitṛpyāmaḥ — are satisfied; uttamaḥ-śloka-vikrame — in the activities and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yat — which; śṛṇvatām — of those hearing; rasa-jñānām — who know the taste of mellows; svādu svādu — more palatable; pade pade — in every step.

Translation

“ ‘We never tire of hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Personality of Godhead, who is glorified by hymns and prayers. Those who enjoy association with Him relish hearing His pastimes at every moment.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.19).

Bengali

অতএব ভাগবত করহ বিচার ।
ইহা হৈতে পাবে সূত্র-শ্রুতির অর্থ-সার ॥ ১৫৩ ॥

Text

ataeva bhāgavata karaha vicāra
ihā haite pābe sūtra-śrutira artha-sāra

Synonyms

ataeva — therefore; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; karaha vicāra — try to understand scrutinizingly; ihā haite — from this; pābe — you will get; sūtra-śrutira — of the Vedic philosophy, the Brahma-sūtra; artha-sāra — the actual meaning.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, “Study Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very scrutinizingly. Then you will understand the actual meaning of the Brahma-sūtra.”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that without studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam one cannot understand the purport of the Brahma-sūtra (Vedānta-sūtra) or the Upaniṣads. If one tries to understand Vedānta philosophy and the Upaniṣads without studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, one will be bewildered and, construing a different meaning, will gradually become an atheist or an impersonalist.

Bengali

নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন ।
হেলায় মুক্তি পাবে, পাবে প্রেমধন ॥ ১৫৪ ॥

Text

nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana
helāya mukti pābe, pābe prema-dhana

Synonyms

nirantara kara — constantly perform; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana — the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; helāya — very easily; mukti pābe — you will get liberation; pābe prema-dhana — you will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Always discuss Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and constantly chant the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. In this way you will be able to attain liberation very easily, and you will be elevated to the enjoyment of love of Godhead.

Bengali

ব্রহ্মভূতঃ প্রসন্নাত্মা ন শোচতি ন কাঙ্ক্ষতি ।
সমঃ সর্বেষু ভূতেষু মদ্ভক্তিং লভতে পরাম্‌ ॥ ১৫৫ ॥

Text

brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā
na śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām

Synonyms

brahma-bhūtaḥ — freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation; prasanna-ātmā — fully joyful; na śocati — he does not lament; na kāṅkṣati — he does not hanker; samaḥ — equally disposed; sarveṣu — all; bhūteṣu — to the living entities; mat-bhaktim — My devotional service; labhate — achieves; parām — transcendental.

Translation

“ ‘One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything. He is equally disposed toward every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (18.54).

Bengali

“মুক্তা অপি লীলয়া বিগ্রহং কৃত্বা ভগবন্তং ভজন্তে ॥” ১৫৬ ॥

Text

“muktā api līlayā vigrahaṁ kṛtvā bhagavantaṁ bhajante”

Synonyms

muktāḥ — liberated; api — although; līlayā — by pastimes; vigraham — the form of the Lord; kṛtvā — having installed; bhagavantam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajante — worship.

Translation

“ ‘Even a liberated soul merged in the impersonal Brahman effulgence is attracted to the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa. He thus installs a Deity and renders the Lord service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śaṅkarācārya’s commentary on the Nṛsiṁha-tāpanī Upaniṣad.

Bengali

পরিনিষ্ঠিতোঽপি নৈর্গুণ্যে উত্তমঃশ্লোকলীলয়া ।
গৃহীতচেতা রাজর্ষে আখ্যানং যদধীতবান্‌ ॥ ১৫৭ ॥

Text

pariniṣṭhito ’pi nairguṇya
uttamaḥśloka-līlayā
gṛhīta-cetā rājarṣe
ākhyānaṁ yad adhītavān

Synonyms

pariniṣṭhitaḥ — situated; api — although; nairguṇya — in the transcendental position, freed from the material modes of nature; uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā — by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka; gṛhīta-cetāḥ — the mind became fully taken over; rājā-ṛṣe — O great King; ākhyānam — the narration; yat — which; adhītavān — studied.

Translation

“[Śukadeva Gosvāmī addressed Parīkṣit Mahārāja:] ‘My dear King, although I was fully situated in the transcendental position, I was nonetheless attracted to the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Therefore I studied Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from my father.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.1.9).

Bengali

তস্যারবিন্দনয়নস্য পদারবিন্দ-
কিঞ্জল্কমিশ্রতুলসীমকরন্দবায়ুঃ ।
অন্তর্গতঃ স্ববিবরেণ চকার তেষাং
সংক্ষোভমক্ষরজুষামপি চিত্ততন্বোঃ ॥ ১৫৮ ॥

Text

tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravinda-
kiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāṁ
saṅkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ

Synonyms

tasya — of Him; aravinda-nayanasya — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flower; pada-aravinda — of the lotus feet; kiñjalka — with saffron; miśra — mixed; tulasī — of tulasī leaves; makaranda — with the aroma; vāyuḥ — the air; antaḥ-gataḥ — entered; sva-vivareṇa — through the nostrils; cakāra — created; teṣām — of them; saṅkṣobham — strong agitation; akṣara-juṣām — of the impersonally self-realized (Kumāras); api — also; citta-tanvoḥ — of the mind and the body.

Translation

“ ‘When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasī leaves and saffron from the lotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the nostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumāras], they experienced a change in both body and mind, even though they were attached to the impersonal Brahman understanding.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.15.43). For an explanation see Madhya-līlā, chapter seventeen, text 142.

Bengali

আত্মারামাশ্চ মুনয়ো নির্গ্রন্থা অপ্যুরুক্রমে ।
কুর্বন্ত্যহৈতুকীং ভক্তিমিত্থম্ভূতগুণো হরিঃ ॥ ১৫৯ ॥

Text

ātmārāmāś ca munayo
nirgranthā apy urukrame
kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim
ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ

Synonyms

ātma-ārāmāḥ — persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in the service of the Lord; ca — also; munayaḥ — great saintly persons who have completely rejected material aspirations, fruitive activities, and so forth; nirgranthāḥ — without interest in any material desire; api — certainly; urukrame — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, whose activities are wonderful; kurvanti — do; ahaitukīm — causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim — devotional service; ittham-bhūta — so wonderful as to attract the attention of the self-satisfied; guṇaḥ — who has transcendental qualities; hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires are also attracted to the loving service of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is called Kṛṣṇa because He has such transcendentally attractive features.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.10). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā, chapter twenty-four.

Bengali

হেনকালে সেই মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
সভাতে কহিল সেই শ্লোক-বিবরণ ॥ ১৬০ ॥

Text

hena-kāle sei mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
sabhāte kahila sei śloka-vivaraṇa

Synonyms

hena-kāle — at this time; sei — that; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa — the brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; sabhāte — in the meeting; kahila — declared; sei — that; śloka-vivaraṇa — the description of the ātmārāma-śloka explained by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

At this time the brāhmaṇa from the province of Maharashtra mentioned Lord Caitanya’s explanation of the ātmārāma verse.

Bengali

এই শ্লোকের অর্থ প্রভু ‘একষষ্টি’ প্রকার ।
করিয়াছেন, যাহা শুনি’ লোকে চমৎকার ॥ ১৬১ ॥

Text

ei ślokera artha prabhu ‘ekaṣaṣṭi’ prakāra
kariyāchena, yāhā śuni’ loke camatkāra

Synonyms

ei ślokera artha — the meanings of this verse; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; eka-ṣaṣṭi prakāra — sixty-one varieties; kariyāchena — has done; yāhā śuni’ — hearing which; loke camatkāra — everyone is astonished.

Translation

The Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa stated that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had already explained that verse in sixty-one ways. Everyone was astonished to hear this.

Bengali

তবে সব লোক শুনিতে আগ্রহ করিল ।
‘একষষ্টি’ অর্থ প্রভু বিবরি’ কহিল ॥ ১৬২ ॥

Text

tabe saba loka śunite āgraha karila
‘ekaṣaṣṭi’ artha prabhu vivari’ kahila

Synonyms

tabe — then; saba loka — all the people gathered there; śunite — to hear; āgraha karila — expressed their eagerness; eka-ṣaṣṭi artha — sixty-one different meanings of the verse; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vivari’ — elaborately; kahila — explained.

Translation

When all the people gathered there expressed the desire to hear again the sixty-one different meanings of the ātmārāma-śloka, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again explained them.

Bengali

শুনিয়া লোকের বড় চমৎকার হৈল ।
চৈতন্যগোসাঞি — ‘শ্রীকৃষ্ণ’, নির্ধারিল ॥ ১৬৩ ॥

Text

śuniyā lokera baḍa camatkāra haila
caitanya-gosāñi — ‘śrī-kṛṣṇa’, nirdhārila

Synonyms

śuniyā — hearing; lokera — of all the people; baḍa — very great; camatkāra — wonder; haila — there was; caitanya-gosāñi — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrī-kṛṣṇa — personally Lord Kṛṣṇa; nirdhārila — they concluded.

Translation

When everyone heard Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the ātmārāma-śloka, everyone was astonished and struck with wonder. They concluded that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was none other than Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself.

Bengali

এত কহি’ উঠিয়া চলিলা গৌরহরি ।
নমস্কার করে লোক হরিধ্বনি করি ॥ ১৬৪ ॥

Text

eta kahi’ uṭhiyā calilā gaurahari
namaskāra kare loka hari-dhvani kari

Synonyms

eta kahi’ — after speaking that; uṭhiyā — standing; calilā — began to walk; gaurahari — Śrī Gaurasundara, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; namaskāra kare loka — all the people offered their obeisances; hari-dhvani kari — loudly chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

Translation

After giving those explanations again, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arose and took His leave. All the people there offered their obeisances unto Him and chanted the mahā-mantra.

Bengali

সব কাশীবাসী করে নামসংকীর্তন ।
প্রেমে হাসে, কাঁদে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ১৬৫ ॥

Text

saba kāśī-vāsī kare nāma-saṅkīrtana
preme hāse, kāṅde, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

saba kāśī-vāsī — all the inhabitants of Kāśī (Vārāṇasī); kare — performed; nāma-saṅkīrtana — chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; preme — in ecstatic love of Godhead; hāse — they laughed; kāṅde — they cried; gāya — chanted; karaye nartana — and danced.

Translation

All the inhabitants of Kāśī [Vārāṇasī] began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra in ecstatic love. Sometimes they laughed, sometimes they cried, sometimes they chanted, and sometimes they danced.

Bengali

সন্ন্যাসী পণ্ডিত করে ভাগবত বিচার ।
বারাণসীপুর প্রভু করিলা নিস্তার ॥ ১৬৬ ॥

Text

sannyāsī paṇḍita kare bhāgavata vicāra
vārāṇasī-pura prabhu karilā nistāra

Synonyms

sannyāsī — the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; paṇḍita — the learned scholars; kare — do; bhāgavata vicāra — discussion on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; vārāṇasī-pura — the city known as Vārāṇasī; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karilā nistāra — delivered.

Translation

After this, all the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs and learned scholars at Vārāṇasī began discussing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu delivered them.

Bengali

নিজ-লোক লঞা প্রভু আইলা বাসাঘর ।
বারাণসী হৈল দ্বিতীয় নদীয়া-নগর ॥ ১৬৭ ॥

Text

nija-loka lañā prabhu āilā vāsāghara
vārāṇasī haila dvitīya nadīyā-nagara

Synonyms

nija-loka lañā — with His personal associates; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilā vāsa-aghara — came to His residential place; vārāṇasī — the city of Vārāṇasī; haila — became; dvitīya — second; nadīyā-nagara — Navadvīpa (Nadia).

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then returned to His residence with His personal associates. Thus He turned the whole city of Vārāṇasī into another Navadvīpa [Nadīyā-nagara].

Purport

Both Navadvīpa and Vārāṇasī were celebrated for their highly educational activities. At the present time these cities are still inhabited by great, learned scholars, but Vārāṇasī is especially a center for Māyāvādī sannyāsīs who are learned scholars. However, unlike Navadvīpa, there are hardly any devotees in Vārāṇasī. Consequently a discussion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was very rare in Vārāṇasī. In Navadvīpa, such a discussion was quite ordinary. After Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited Vārānaṣī and turned Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and his disciples into Vaiṣṇavas, Vārāṇasī became like Navadvīpa because so many devotees began discussing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Even at the present moment one can hear many discussions on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam taking place on the banks of the Ganges. Many scholars and sannyāsīs gather there to hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and perform saṅkīrtana.

Bengali

নিজগণ লঞা প্রভু কহে হাস্য করি’ ।
“কাশীতে আমি আইলাঙ বেচিতে ভাবকালি ॥ ১৬৮ ॥

Text

nija-gaṇa lañā prabhu kahe hāsya kari’
kāśīte āmi āilāṅa vecite bhāvakāli

Synonyms

nija-gaṇa lañā — with His personal associates; prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; hāsya kari’ — laughingly; kāśīte — in Kāśī; āmi āilāṅa — I came; vecite — to sell; bhāvakāli — emotional ecstatic love.

Translation

Among His own associates, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu laughingly said, “I came here to sell My emotional ecstatic love.

Bengali

কাশীতে গ্রাহক নাহি, বস্তু না বিকায় ।
পুনরপি দেশে বহি’ লওয়া নাহি যায় ॥ ১৬৯ ॥

Text

kāśīte grāhaka nāhi, vastu nā vikāya
punarapi deśe vahi’ laoyā nāhi yāya

Synonyms

kāśīte — in Kāśī (Benares); grāhaka nāhi — there was no customer; vastu vikāya — it was not selling; punarapi — again; deśe — to My own country; vahi’ — carrying (it); laoyā — to take; nāhi yāya — was not possible.

Translation

“Although I came to Vārāṇasī to sell My goods, there were no customers, and it appeared necessary for Me to carry them back to My own country.

Bengali

আমি বোঝা বহিমু, তোমা-সবার দুঃখ হৈল ।
তোমা-সবার ইচ্ছায় বিনামূল্যে বিলাইল ॥” ১৭০ ॥

Text

āmi bojhā vahimu, tomā-sabāra duḥkha haila
tomā-sabāra icchāya vinā-mūlye bilāila

Synonyms

āmi — I; bojhā — burden; vahimu — shall carry; tomā-sabāra duḥkha haila — all of you became very unhappy; tomā-sabāra icchāya — only by your will; vinā-mūlye bilāila — I distributed without a price.

Translation

“All of you were feeling unhappy that no one was purchasing My goods and that I would have to carry them away. Therefore, by your will only, I have distributed them without charging.”

Purport

When we began distributing the message of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in the Western countries, a similar thing happened. In the beginning we were very much disappointed for at least one year because no one came forth to help this movement, but by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, some young boys joined this movement in 1966. Of course we distributed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s message of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra without bargaining or selling. As a result, this movement has spread all over the world, with the assistance of European and American boys and girls. We therefore pray for all the blessings of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu upon all the devotees in the Western world who are spreading this movement.

Bengali

সবে কহে, — “লোক তারিতে তোমার অবতার ।
‘পূর্ব’ ‘দক্ষিণ’ ‘পশ্চিম’ করিলা নিস্তার ॥ ১৭১ ॥

Text

sabe kahe, — loka tārite tomāra avatāra
‘pūrva’ ‘dakṣiṇa’ ‘paścima’ karilā nistāra

Synonyms

sabe kahe — everyone says; loka tārite — to deliver the fallen souls; tomāra avatāra — Your incarnation; pūrva — east; dakṣiṇa — south; paścima — west; karilā nistāra — You have delivered.

Translation

All the Lord’s devotees then said, “You have incarnated to deliver fallen souls. You have delivered them in the east and in the south, and now you are delivering them in the west.

Bengali

‘এক’ বারাণসী ছিল তোমাতে বিমুখ ।
তাহা নিস্তারিয়া কৈলা আমা-সবার সুখ ॥” ১৭২ ॥

Text

‘eka’ vārāṇasī chila tomāte vimukha
tāhā nistāriyā kailā āmā-sabāra sukha

Synonyms

eka — one; vārāṇasī — the city of Vārāṇasī; chila — remained; tomāte vimukha — against Your missionary activities; tāhā — that; nistāriyā — delivering; kailā — have done; āmā-sabāra — of all of us; sukha — awakening of happiness.

Translation

“Only Vārāṇasī was left because the people there were against Your missionary activities. Now You have delivered them, and we are all very happy.”

Bengali

বারাণসী-গ্রামে যদি কোলাহল হৈল ।
শুনি’ গ্রামী দেশী লোক আসিতে লাগিল ॥ ১৭৩ ॥

Text

vārāṇasī-grāme yadi kolāhala haila
śuni’ grāmī deśī loka āsite lāgila

Synonyms

vārāṇasī-grāme — in the city of Vārāṇasī; yadi — when; kolāhala haila — there was broadcasting of this news; śuni’ — hearing; grāmī — from the villages; deśī — from the towns; loka āsite lāgila — people began to pour in.

Translation

After the news of these events was broadcast, everyone from the surrounding neighborhoods began to pour in to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

লক্ষ কোটি লোক আইসে, নাহিক গণন ।
সঙ্কীর্ণ স্থানে প্রভুর না পায় দরশন ॥ ১৭৪ ॥

Text

lakṣa koṭi loka āise, nāhika gaṇana
saṅkīrṇa-sthāne prabhura nā pāya daraśana

Synonyms

lakṣa koṭi — hundreds of thousands; loka — people; āise — come; nāhika gaṇana — there was no counting; saṅkīrṇa-sthāne — in a small place; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāya daraśana — could not see.

Translation

Hundreds of thousands of people came to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. There was no counting the number. Because the Lord’s residence was very small, not everyone could see Him.

Bengali

প্রভু যবে স্নানে যান বিশ্বেশ্বর-দরশনে ।
দুইদিকে লোক করে প্রভু-বিলোকনে ॥ ১৭৫ ॥

Text

prabhu yabe snāne yāna viśveśvara-daraśane
dui-dike loka kare prabhu-vilokane

Synonyms

prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yabe — when; snāne yāna — goes to bathe; viśveśvara-daraśane — or to see the Deity of Lord Viśveśvara; dui-dike — on two sides; loka — all the people; kare — do; prabhu-vilokane — seeing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to take His bath in the Ganges and to see the temple of Viśveśvara, people would line up on both sides to see the Lord.

Bengali

বাহু তুলি’ প্রভু কহে — বল ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘হরি’ ।
দণ্ডবৎ করে লোকে হরিধ্বনি করি’ ॥ ১৭৬ ॥

Text

bāhu tuli’ prabhu kahe — bala ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘hari’
daṇḍavat kare loke hari-dhvani kari’

Synonyms

bāhu tuli’ — raising His two arms; prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu says; bala — please say; kṛṣṇa hari — “Kṛṣṇa,” “Hari”; daṇḍavat kare — offer their respects; loke — the people; hari-dhvani kari’ — loudly chanting the name of Hari.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu passed by the people, He would raise His arms and say, “Please chant Kṛṣṇa! Please chant Hari!” All the people received Him by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, and they offered their respects to Him by this chanting.

Bengali

এইমত দিন পঞ্চ লোক নিস্তারিয়া ।
আর দিন চলিলা প্রভু উদ্বিগ্ন হঞা ॥ ১৭৭ ॥

Text

ei-mata dina pañca loka nistāriyā
āra dina calilā prabhu udvigna hañā

Synonyms

ei-mata — in this way; dina pañca — five days; loka — the people; nistāriyā — delivering; āra dina — on the next day; calilā — departed; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; udvigna hañā — being very eager.

Translation

In this way, for five days Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu delivered the people of Vārāṇasī. Finally, on the next day, He became very eager to leave.

Bengali

রাত্রে উঠি’ প্রভু যদি করিলা গমন ।
পাছে লাগ্ লইলা তবে ভক্ত পঞ্চ জন ॥ ১৭৮ ॥

Text

rātre uṭhi’ prabhu yadi karilā gamana
pāche lāg la-ilā tabe bhakta pañca jana

Synonyms

rātre uṭhi’ — rising at night; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadi — when; karilā gamana — departed; pāche — behind Him; lāg la-ilā — began to follow; tabe — then; bhakta pañca jana — five devotees.

Translation

After rising very early on the sixth day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started to leave, and five devotees began to follow Him.

Bengali

তপন মিশ্র, রঘুনাথ, মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
চন্দ্রশেখর, কীর্তনীয়া-পরমানন্দ, — পঞ্চ জন ॥ ১৭৯ ॥

Text

tapana miśra, raghunātha, mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
candraśekhara, kīrtanīyā-paramānanda, — pañca jana

Synonyms

tapana miśra — Tapana Miśra; raghunātha — Raghunātha; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa — the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; candraśekhara — Candraśekhara; kīrtanīyā-paramānanda — Paramānanda, who used to perform kīrtana; pañca jana — these five persons.

Translation

These five devotees were Tapana Miśra, Raghunātha, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, Candraśekhara and Paramānanda Kīrtanīyā.

Bengali

সবে চাহে প্রভু-সঙ্গে নীলাচল যাইতে ।
সবারে বিদায় দিলা প্রভু যত্ন-সহিতে ॥ ১৮০ ॥

Text

sabe cāhe prabhu-saṅge nīlācala yāite
sabāre vidāya dilā prabhu yatna-sahite

Synonyms

sabe cāhe — every one of them wanted; prabhu-saṅge — with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlācala yāite — to go to Jagannātha Purī; sabāre — to all of them; vidāya dilā — bade farewell; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yatna-sahite — with great attention.

Translation

These five wanted to accompany Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to Jagannātha Purī, but the Lord attentively bade them farewell.

Bengali

“যাঁর ইচ্ছা, পাছে আইস আমারে দেখিতে ।
এবে আমি একা যামু ঝারিখণ্ড-পথে” ॥ ১৮১ ॥

Text

“yāṅra icchā, pāche āisa āmāre dekhite
ebe āmi ekā yāmu jhārikhaṇḍa-pathe”

Synonyms

yāṅra — of one who; icchā — there is a desire; pāche — later; āisa — you may come; āmāre dekhite — to see Me; ebe — but at this time; āmi — I; ekā — alone; yāmu — shall go; jhārikhaṇḍa-pathe — through the forest known as Jhārikhaṇḍa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “If you want to see Me, you may come later, but for the time being I shall go alone through the Jhārikhaṇḍa forest.”

Bengali

সনাতনে কহিলা, — তুমি যাহ’ বৃন্দাবন ।
তোমার দুই ভাই তথা করিয়াছে গমন ॥ ১৮২ ॥

Text

sanātane kahilā, — tumi yāha’ vṛndāvana
tomāra dui bhāi tathā kariyāche gamana

Synonyms

sanātane kahilā — He advised Sanātana Gosvāmī; tumi — you; yāha’ vṛndāvana — go to Vṛndāvana; tomāra — your; dui bhāi — two brothers; tathā — there; kariyāche gamana — have already gone.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised Sanātana Gosvāmī to proceed toward Vṛndāvana, and He informed him that his two brothers had already gone there.

Bengali

কাঁথা-করঙ্গিয়া মোর কাঙ্গাল ভক্তগণ ।
বৃন্দাবনে আইলে তাঁদের করিহ পালন ॥ ১৮৩ ॥

Text

kāṅthā-karaṅgiyā mora kāṅgāla bhakta-gaṇa
vṛndāvane āile tāṅdera kariha pālana

Synonyms

kāṅthā — torn quilt; karaṅgiyā — a small waterpot; mora — My; kāṅgāla — poor; bhakta-gaṇa — devotees; vṛndāvane āile — when they come to Vṛndāvana; tāṅdera — of all of them; kariha pālana — take care.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu told Sanātana Gosvāmī, “All My devotees who go to Vṛndāvana are generally very poor. They each have nothing with them but a torn quilt and a small waterpot. Therefore, Sanātana, you should give them shelter and maintain them.”

Purport

Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we have constructed temples in both Vṛndāvana and Māyāpur, Navadvīpa, just to give shelter to the foreign devotees coming from Europe and America. Since the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement started, many Europeans and Americans have been visiting Vṛndāvana, but they have not been properly received by any āśrama or temple there. It is the purpose of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to give them shelter and train them in devotional service. There are also many tourists eager to come to India to understand India’s spiritual life, and the devotees in our temples both in Vṛndāvana and in Navadvīpa should make arrangements to accommodate them as far as possible.

Bengali

এত বলি’ চলিলা প্রভু সবা আলিঙ্গিয়া ।
সবেই পড়িলা তথা মূর্চ্ছিত হঞা ॥ ১৮৪ ॥

Text

eta bali’ calilā prabhu sabā āliṅgiyā
sabei paḍilā tathā mūrcchita hañā

Synonyms

eta bali’ — saying this; calilā — began to proceed; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sabā — all of them; āliṅgiyā — embracing; sabei — all of them; paḍilā — fell down; tathā — there; mūrcchita hañā — fainting.

Translation

After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced them all and began to proceed on His way, and they all fainted and fell down.

Bengali

কতক্ষণে উঠি’ সবে দুঃখে ঘরে আইলা ।
সনাতন-গোসাঞি বৃন্দাবনেরে চলিলা ॥ ১৮৫ ॥

Text

kata-kṣaṇe uṭhi’ sabe duḥkhe ghare āilā
sanātana-gosāñi vṛndāvanere calilā

Synonyms

kata-kṣaṇe — after some time; uṭhi’ — rising; sabe — all of them; duḥkhe — in great unhappiness; ghare āilā — returned to their homes; sanātana-gosāñi — Sanātana Gosvāmī; vṛndāvanere calilā — proceeded toward Vṛndāvana.

Translation

After some time, all the devotees got up and returned to their homes very much grief-stricken. Sanātana Gosvāmī proceeded toward Vṛndāvana alone.

Bengali

এথা রূপ-গোসাঞি যবে মথুরা আইলা ।
ধ্রুবঘাটে তাঁরে সুবুদ্ধিরায় মিলিলা ॥ ১৮৬ ॥

Text

ethā rūpa-gosāñi yabe mathurā āilā
dhruva-ghāṭe tāṅre subuddhi-rāya mililā

Synonyms

ethā — there; rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosāñi; yabe — when; mathurā āilā — came to Mathurā; dhruva-ghāṭe — at the bank of the Yamunā known as Dhruva-ghāṭa; tāṅre — him; subuddhi-rāya — a devotee of Lord Caitanya named Subuddhi Rāya; mililā — met.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī reached Mathurā, he met Subuddhi Rāya on the banks of the Yamunā, at a place called Dhruva-ghāṭa.

Bengali

পূর্বে যবে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় ছিলা গৌড়ে ‘অধিকারী’ ।
হুসেন-খাঁ ‘সৈয়দ’ করে তাহার চাকরী ॥ ১৮৭ ॥

Text

pūrve yabe subuddhi-rāya chilā gauḍe ‘adhikārī’
husena-khāṅ ‘saiyada’ kare tāhāra cākarī

Synonyms

pūrve — formerly; yabe — when; subuddhi-rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; chilā — resided; gauḍe — in Bengal; adhikārī — a very respectable man; husena-khāṅ — Nawab Hussain Khān; saiyada — named Saiyada; kare — performed; tāhāra cākarī — service of Subuddhi Rāya.

Translation

Formerly Subuddhi Rāya had been a big landholder in Gauḍa-deśa [Bengal]. Saiyada Hussain Khān was then a servant of Subuddhi Rāya.

Bengali

দীঘি খোদাইতে তারে ‘মুন্‌সীফ’ কৈলা ।
ছিদ্র পাঞা রায় তারে চাবুক মারিলা ॥ ১৮৮ ॥

Text

dīghi khodāite tāre ‘munsīpha’ kailā
chidra pāñā rāya tāre cābuka mārilā

Synonyms

dīghi khodāite — to dig a big lake; tāre — Hussain Khān; munsīpha kailā — appointed as the supervisor; chidra pāñā — finding some fault; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; tāre — him; cābuka mārilā — whipped.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya put Hussain Khān in charge of digging a big lake, but once, finding fault with him, he struck him with a whip.

Bengali

পাছে যবে হুসেন-খাঁ গৌড়ে ‘রাজা’ হইল ।
সুবুদ্ধি-রায়েরে তিঁহো বহু বাড়াইল ॥ ১৮৯ ॥

Text

pāche yabe husena-khāṅ gauḍe ‘rājā’ ha-ila
subuddhi-rāyere tiṅho bahu bāḍāila

Synonyms

pāche — later; yabe — when; husena-khāṅ — Hussain Khān; gauḍe — in Bengal; rājā ha-ila — was appointed Nawab, or governor, by the central Muslim government; subuddhi-rāyere — unto Subuddhi Rāya; tiṅho — he; bahu bāḍāila — increased the opulences.

Translation

Later Hussain Khān somehow or other was appointed Nawab by the central Muslim government. As a matter of obligation, he increased the opulences of Subuddhi Rāya.

Bengali

তার স্ত্রী তার অঙ্গে দেখে মারণের চিহ্নে ।
সুবুদ্ধি-রায়েরে মারিতে কহে রাজা-স্থানে ॥ ১৯০ ॥

Text

tāra strī tāra aṅge dekhe māraṇera cihne
subuddhi-rāyere mārite kahe rājā-sthāne

Synonyms

tāra strī — his wife; tāra aṅge — on his body; dekhe — sees; māraṇera cihne — the mark of the whip; subuddhi-rāyere — Subuddhi Rāya; mārite — to kill; kahe — says; rājā-sthāne — in the presence of the King.

Translation

Later, when the wife of Nawab Saiyada Hussain Khān saw the whip marks on his body, she requested him to kill Subuddhi Rāya.

Bengali

রাজা কহে, — আমার পোষ্টা রায় হয় ‘পিতা’ ।
তাহারে মারিমু আমি, — ভাল নহে কথা ॥ ১৯১ ॥

Text

rājā kahe, — āmāra poṣṭā rāya haya ‘pitā’
tāhāre mārimu āmi, — bhāla nahe kathā

Synonyms

rājā kahe — the King said; āmāra — my; poṣṭā — maintainer; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; haya — is; pitā — just like my father; tāhāre mārimu — shall kill him; āmi — I; bhāla nahe kathā — this is not a good proposal.

Translation

Hussain Khān replied, “Subuddhi Rāya has maintained me very carefully. He was just like a father to me,” he said. “Now you are asking me to kill him. This is not a very good proposal.”

Bengali

স্ত্রী কহে, — জাতি লহ’, যদি প্রাণে না মারিবে ।
রাজা কহে, — জাতি নিলে ইঁহো নাহি জীবে ॥ ১৯২ ॥

Text

strī kahe, — jāti laha’, yadi prāṇe nā māribe
rājā kahe, — jāti nile iṅho nāhi jībe

Synonyms

strī kahe — the wife replied; jāti laha’ — then take his caste; yadi — if; prāṇe māribe — you will not kill him; rājā kahe — the King replied; jāti nile — if I take his caste; iṅho nāhi jībe — he will not live (he will commit suicide).

Translation

As a last alternative, the wife suggested that the Nawab take away Subuddhi Rāya’s caste and turn him into a Muslim, but Hussain Khān replied that if he did this, Subuddhi Rāya would not live.

Bengali

স্ত্রী মরিতে চাহে, রাজা সঙ্কটে পড়িল ।
করোঁয়ার পানি তার মুখে দেওয়াইল ॥ ১৯৩ ॥

Text

strī marite cāhe, rājā saṅkaṭe paḍila
karoṅyāra pāni tāra mukhe deoyāila

Synonyms

strī — the wife; marite cāhe — wants to kill Subuddhi Rāya; rājā — the King; saṅkaṭe paḍila — became very much perplexed; karoṅyāra pāni — water from a pitcher especially used by Muslims; tāra mukhe — on his head; deoyāila — forced to be sprinkled.

Translation

This became a perplexing problem for him because his wife kept requesting him to kill Subuddhi Rāya. Finally the Nawab sprinkled a little water on Subuddhi Rāya’s head from a pitcher that had been used by a Muslim.

Purport

Five hundred years ago in India, the Hindus were so rigid and strict that if a Muslim would sprinkle a little water from his pitcher upon a Hindu, the Hindu would be immediately ostracized. Recently, in 1947, during the partition days, there was a big riot between Hindus and Muslims, especially in Bengal. The Hindus were forcibly made to eat cow’s flesh, and consequently they began crying, thinking that they had become Muslims. Actually the Muslims in India did not come from the country of the Muslims, but Hindus instituted the custom that somehow or other if one contacted a Muslim, he became a Muslim. Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī were born in a high brāhmaṇa family, but because they accepted employment under a Muslim government, they were considered Muslims. Subuddhi Rāya was sprinkled with water from the pitcher of a Muslim, and consequently he was condemned to have become a Muslim. Later, Aurangzeb, the Muslim emperor, introduced a tax especially meant for Hindus. Being oppressed in the Hindu community, many low-caste Hindus preferred to become Muslims. In this way the Muslim population increased. Later the British government made it a policy to divide the Hindus and the Muslims, and thus they maintained ill feelings between them. The result was that India was divided into Pakistan and Hindustan.

From early histories it appears that the entire earth was under one culture, Vedic culture, but gradually, due to religious and cultural divisions, the rule fragmented into many subdivisions. Now the earth is divided into many countries, religions and political parties. Despite these political and religious divisions, we advocate that everyone should unite again under one culture — Kṛṣṇa consciousness. People should accept one God, Kṛṣṇa; one scripture, the Bhagavad-gītā; and one activity, devotional service to the Lord. Thus people may live happily upon this earth and combine to produce sufficient food. In such a society, there would be no question of scarcity, famine or cultural or religious degradation. So-called caste systems and national divisions are artificial. According to our Vaiṣṇava philosophy, these are all external bodily designations. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is not based upon bodily designations. It is a transcendental movement on the platform of spiritual understanding. If the people of the world understood that the basic principle of life is spiritual identification, they would understand that the business of the spirit soul is to serve the Supreme Spirit, Kṛṣṇa. As Lord Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.7), mamaivāṁśo jīva-loke jīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ: “The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental parts.” All living entities in different life forms are sons of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore they are all meant to serve Kṛṣṇa, the original supreme father. If this philosophy is accepted, the failure of the United Nations to unite all nations will be sufficiently compensated all over the world by a great Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Recently we had talks with Christian leaders in Australia, including the Catholic Bishop of Melbourne, and everyone there was pleased with our philosophy of oneness in religious consciousness.

Bengali

তবে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় সেই ‘ছদ্ম’ পাঞা ।
বারাণসী আইলা, সব বিষয় ছাড়িয়া ॥ ১৯৪ ॥

Text

tabe subuddhi-rāya sei ‘chadma’ pāñā
vārāṇasī āilā, saba viṣaya chāḍiyā

Synonyms

tabe — upon this; subuddhi-rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; sei — that; chadma — plea; pāñā — getting an opportunity; vārāṇasī āilā — came to Vārāṇasī; saba — all; viṣaya chāḍiyā — giving up the implications of material activities.

Translation

Taking the Nawab’s sprinkling water upon him as an opportunity, Subuddhi Rāya left his family and business affairs and went to Vārāṇasī.

Purport

It appears that Subuddhi Rāya was a big landholder and a responsible, respectable gentleman. He could not, however, avoid the social misconception that one becomes a Muslim when water is sprinkled on one’s face from a Muslim’s pitcher. Actually he was planning to give up his material life and leave his family. Hindu culture recommends four divisions — brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa. Subuddhi Rāya was thinking of taking sannyāsa, and by the grace of Kṛṣṇa, he received this opportunity. He therefore left his family and went to Vārāṇasī. The system of varṇāśrama-dharma is very scientific. If one is directed by the varṇāśrama institution, he will naturally think of retiring from family life at the end of his life. Therefore sannyāsa is compulsory at the age of fifty.

Bengali

প্রায়শ্চিত্ত পুছিলা তিঁহো পণ্ডিতের গণে ।
তাঁরা কহে, — তপ্ত-ঘৃত খাঞা ছাড়’ প্রাণে ॥ ১৯৫ ॥

Text

prāyaścitta puchilā tiṅho paṇḍitera gaṇe
tāṅrā kahe, — tapta-ghṛta khāñā chāḍa’ prāṇe

Synonyms

prāyaścitta — atonement; puchilā — inquired; tiṅho — he; paṇḍitera gaṇe — among the learned scholars or brāhmaṇa-paṇḍitas in Vārāṇasī; tāṅrā kahe — they advised; tapta-ghṛta — hot clarified butter; khāñā — drinking; chāḍa’ — give up; prāṇe — your life.

Translation

When Subuddhi Rāya consulted the learned brāhmaṇas at Vārāṇasī, asking them how his conversion to Islam could be counteracted, they advised him to drink hot ghee and give up his life.

Bengali

কেহ কহে, — এই নহে, ‘অল্প’ দোষ হয় ।
শুনিয়া রহিলা রায় করিয়া সংশয় ॥ ১৯৬ ॥

Text

keha kahe, — ei nahe, ‘alpa’ doṣa haya
śuniyā rahilā rāya kariyā saṁśaya

Synonyms

keha kahe — some of the learned brāhmaṇas said; ei — this; nahe — not; alpa — insignificant; doṣa — fault; haya — is; śuniyā — hearing; rahilā — remained; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; kariyā — making; saṁśaya — doubt.

Translation

When Subuddhi Rāya consulted some other brāhmaṇas, they told him that he had not committed a grievous fault and that consequently he should not drink hot ghee and give up his life. As a result, Subuddhi Rāya was doubtful about what to do.

Purport

This is another instance of Hindu custom. One brāhmaṇa would give advice condoning a particular fault, and another would give advice to the contrary. Typically, lawyers and physicians differ, giving one kind of instruction and then another. Due to the brāhmaṇas’ different opinions, Subuddhi Rāya became further perplexed. He did not know what to do or what not to do.

Bengali

তবে যদি মহাপ্রভু বারাণসী আইলা ।
তাঁরে মিলি’ রায় আপন-বৃত্তান্ত কহিলা ॥ ১৯৭ ॥

Text

tabe yadi mahāprabhu vārāṇasī āilā
tāṅre mili’ rāya āpana-vṛttānta kahilā

Synonyms

tabe — at this moment; yadi — when; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vārāṇasī āilā — came to Vārāṇasī; tāṅre mili’ — meeting Him; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; āpana-vṛttānta kahilā — explained his personal situation.

Translation

In his state of perplexity, Subuddhi Rāya met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu when the Lord was at Vārāṇasī. Subuddhi Rāya explained his position and asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu what he should do.

Bengali

প্রভু কহে, — ইহাঁ হৈতে যাহ’ বৃন্দাবন ।
নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনামসংকীর্তন ॥ ১৯৮ ॥

Text

prabhu kahe, — ihāṅ haite yāha’ vṛndāvana
nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — the Lord advised; ihāṅ haite — from this place; yāha’ vṛndāvana — go to Vṛndāvana; nirantara — incessantly; kara — perform; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana — chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

The Lord advised him, “Go to Vṛndāvana and chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra constantly.”

Purport

This is a solution to all sinful activities. In this Age of Kali everyone is perplexed by so many inconveniences — social, political and religious — and naturally no one is happy. Due to the contamination of this age, everyone has a very short life. There are many fools and rascals who advise people to adopt this way of life or that way of life, but real liberation from life’s perplexities means preparation for the next life. Tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati. One should be situated in his spiritual identity and return home, back to Godhead. The simplest method for this is recommended herein by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. We should constantly chant the holy names of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is recommending this process all over the world. We are saying, “Chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, be freed from all the complexities of life, and realize Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Engage in His devotional service and perfect your life so that you can return home, back to Godhead.”

Bengali

এক ‘নামাভাসে’ তোমার পাপ-দোষ যাবে ।
আর ‘নাম’ লইতে কৃষ্ণচরণ পাইবে ॥ ১৯৯ ॥

Text

eka ‘nāmābhāse’ tomāra pāpa-doṣa yābe
āra ‘nāma’ la-ite kṛṣṇa-caraṇa pāibe

Synonyms

eka — one; nāma-ābhāse — by a reflection of the pure chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; tomāra — your; pāpa-doṣa yābe — all the sinful reactions will go away; āra — then again; nāma la-ite — after chanting purely the name of the Lord; kṛṣṇa-caraṇa pāibe — you will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu further advised Subuddhi Rāya: “Begin chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, and when your chanting is almost pure, all your sinful reactions will go away. After you chant perfectly, you will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.

Purport

The ten kinds of offenses should be considered. In the beginning, when one is initiated into the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, there are naturally many offenses. Therefore the devotee should very carefully try to avoid these offenses and chant purely. This does not mean that the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is sometimes pure and sometimes impure. Rather, the chanter is impure due to material contamination. He has to purify himself so that the holy names will be perfectly effective. Chanting the holy name of the Lord inoffensively will help one get immediate shelter at Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet. This means that by chanting purely, one will immediately be situated on the transcendental platform. We should note, however, that according to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions, one should not wait to purify himself before chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Whatever our condition may be, we should begin chanting immediately. By the power of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, we will gradually be relieved from all material contamination and will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, the ultimate goal of life.

Bengali

আর কৃষ্ণনাম লৈতে কৃষ্ণস্থানে স্থিতি ।
মহাপাতকের হয় এই প্রায়শ্চিত্তি ॥ ২০০ ॥

Text

āra kṛṣṇa-nāma laite kṛṣṇa-sthāne sthiti
mahā-pātakera haya ei prāyaścitti

Synonyms

āra — further; kṛṣṇa-nāma — the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; laite — continuously chanting; kṛṣṇa-sthāne sthiti — being situated in company with Lord Kṛṣṇa; mahā-pātakera — of all kinds of sinful activity; haya — is; ei — this; prāyaścitti — atonement.

Translation

“When you are situated at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, no sinful reaction can touch you. This is the best solution to all sinful activity.”

Bengali

পাঞা আজ্ঞা রায় বৃন্দাবনেরে চলিলা ।
প্রয়াগ, অযোধ্যা দিয়া নৈমিষারণ্যে আইলা ॥ ২০১ ॥

Text

pāñā ājñā rāya vṛndāvanere calilā
prayāga, ayodhyā diyā naimiṣāraṇye āilā

Synonyms

pāñā ājñā — getting this order; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; vṛndāvanere calilā — went toward Vṛndāvana; prayāga — Allahabad; ayodhyā — Ayodhyā (the kingdom of Lord Rāmacandra); diyā — through; naimiṣāraṇye āilā — came to Naimiṣāraṇya (a place near Lucknow).

Translation

Thus receiving the order from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to go to Vṛndāvana, Subuddhi Rāya left Vārāṇasī and went through Prayāga, Ayodhyā and Naimiṣāraṇya toward Vṛndāvana.

Bengali

কতক দিবস রায় নৈমিষারণ্যে রহিলা ।
প্রভু বৃন্দাবন হৈতে প্রয়াগ যাইলা ॥ ২০২ ॥

Text

kataka divasa rāya naimiṣāraṇye rahilā
prabhu vṛndāvana haite prayāga yāilā

Synonyms

kataka divasa — a few days; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; naimiṣāraṇye rahilā — stayed at Naimiṣāraṇya; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vṛndāvana haite — from Vṛndāvana; prayāga — to Allahabad; yāilā — went.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya stayed for some time at Naimiṣāraṇya. During that time, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Prayāga after visiting Vṛndāvana.

Bengali

মথুরা আসিয়া রায় প্রভুবার্তা পাইল ।
প্রভুর লাগ না পাঞা মনে বড় দুঃখ হৈল ॥ ২০৩ ॥

Text

mathurā āsiyā rāya prabhu-vārtā pāila
prabhura lāga nā pāñā mane baḍa duḥkha haila

Synonyms

mathurā āsiyā — when he came to Mathurā; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; prabhu-vārtā pāila — got information of the Lord’s itinerary; prabhura — of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lāga — contact; pāñā — not getting; mane — in the mind; baḍa — very great; duḥkha — unhappiness; haila — there was.

Translation

After reaching Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya received information of the Lord’s itinerary. He became very unhappy because he was not able to contact the Lord.

Bengali

শুষ্ককাষ্ঠ আনি’ রায় বেচে মথুরাতে ।
পাঁচ ছয় পৈসা হয় এক এক বোঝাতে ॥ ২০৪ ॥

Text

śuṣka-kāṣṭha āni’ rāya vece mathurāte
pāṅca chaya paisā haya eka eka bojhāte

Synonyms

śuṣka-kāṣṭha āni’ — collecting dry wood from the forest; rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; vece — sells; mathurāte — at Mathurā; pāṅca chaya — five or six; paisā — paise; haya — are; eka eka bojhāte — in exchange for each load of dry wood.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya would collect dry wood in the forest and take it to the city of Mathurā to sell. For each load he would receive five or six paise.

Bengali

আপনে রহে এক পৈসার চানা চাবাইয়া ।
আর পৈসা বাণিয়া-স্থানে রাখেন ধরিয়া ॥ ২০৫ ॥

Text

āpane rahe eka paisāra cānā cābāiyā
āra paisā bāṇiyā-sthāne rākhena dhariyā

Synonyms

āpane — personally; rahe — lives; eka paisāra — of one paisa’s worth; cānā — fried chick-peas; cābāiyā — chewing; āra — the balance; paisā — four or five paise; bāṇiyā-sthāne — in the custody of a merchant; rākhena — keeps; dhariyā — depositing.

Translation

Earning his livelihood by selling dry wood, Subuddhi Rāya would live on only one paisa’s worth of fried chick-peas, and he would deposit whatever other paise he had with some merchant.

Purport

In those days there was no banking system like the one now found in Western countries. If one had excess money, he would deposit it with some merchant, usually a grocer. That was the banking system. Subuddhi Rāya would deposit his extra money with a mercantile man and spend it when necessary. When one is in the renounced order, saving money is not recommended. However, if one saves money for the service of the Lord or a Vaiṣṇava, that is accepted. These are the dealings of Subuddhi Rāya, who is one of the confidential devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī also followed this principle by spending fifty percent of his money in order to serve Kṛṣṇa through brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas. He gave twenty-five percent of his money to relatives, and twenty-five percent he deposited in the custody of a merchant. These are the approved methods recommended in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta. Whether in the renounced order or in the gṛhastha order, a Vaiṣṇava should follow these principles set forth by the previous ācāryas.

Bengali

দুঃখী বৈষ্ণব দেখি’ তাঁরে করান ভোজন ।
গৌড়ীয়া আইলে দধি, ভাত, তৈল-মর্দন ॥ ২০৬ ॥

Text

duḥkhī vaiṣṇava dekhi’ tāṅre karāna bhojana
gauḍīyā āile dadhi, bhāta, taila-mardana

Synonyms

duḥkhī vaiṣṇava — a poverty-stricken Vaiṣṇava; dekhi’ — seeing; tāṅre — to him; karāna bhojana — gives food for eating; gauḍīyā āile — when a Bengali Vaiṣṇava came to Mathurā; dadhi — yogurt; bhāta — cooked rice; taila-mardana — massaging mustard oil on the body.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya used to spend his savings to supply yogurt to Bengali Vaiṣṇavas who came to Mathurā. He also gave them cooked rice and oil massages. When he saw a poverty-stricken Vaiṣṇava, he would use his money to feed him.

Purport

There is a special reference for the maintenance of Bengali Vaiṣṇavas. A Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava is a Bengali Vaiṣṇava. Most of the devotees of Lord Caitanya at that time were Gauḍīyas and Oriyās, inhabitants of Bengal and Orissa. There are still many hundreds of thousands of His followers in Bengal and Orissa. Bengalis are habituated to eating cooked rice as their staple food. When they went to Mathurā in the north, they found that the people generally ate chapatis or roṭis made of wheat. The Bengalis could not digest this food because they were used to cooked rice. Therefore as soon as Subuddhi Rāya saw a Bengali Vaiṣṇava arriving in Mathurā, he would try to supply him with cooked rice. Bengalis are also accustomed to taking a massage with mustard oil. In any case, Subuddhi Rāya wanted to serve the Vaiṣṇavas according to their needs. Therefore he would supply yogurt to ease the digestion of food eaten in Mathurā, particularly the chapatis and roṭis made with wheat.

Bengali

রূপ-গোসাঞি, আইলে তাঁরে বহু প্রীতি কৈলা ।
আপন-সঙ্গে লঞা ‘দ্বাদশ বন’ দেখাইলা ॥ ২০৭ ॥

Text

rūpa-gosāñi, āile tāṅre bahu prīti kailā
āpana-saṅge lañā ‘dvādaśa vana’ dekhāilā

Synonyms

rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosāñi; āile — when he came to Mathurā; tāṅre — unto him; bahu — much; prīti — love; kailā — showed; āpana-saṅge lañā — taking Rūpa Gosvāmī personally with him; dvādaśa vana — the twelve forests of Vṛndāvana; dekhāilā — showed.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī arrived at Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya, out of love and affection for him, wanted to serve him in so many ways. He personally took Rūpa Gosvāmī to see all the twelve forests of Vṛndāvana.

Purport

Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī had been a minister in the government of Hussain Shah, and Subuddhi Rāya was also known to Hussain Shah because, as a boy, the Shah had been Subuddhi Rāya’s servant. It appears that Subuddhi Rāya was elderly, yet while he was living in Mathurā he showed Rūpa Gosvāmī the twelve forests of Vṛndāvana.

Bengali

মাসমাত্র রূপ-গোসাঞি রহিলা বৃন্দাবনে ।
শীঘ্র চলি’ আইলা সনাতনানুসন্ধানে ॥ ২০৮ ॥

Text

māsa-mātra rūpa-gosāñi rahilā vṛndāvane
śīghra cali’ āilā sanātanānusandhāne

Synonyms

māsa-mātra — only one month; rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosāñi; rahilā — remained; vṛndāvane — at Vṛndāvana; śīghra — very soon; cali’ āilā — returned; sanātana-anusandhāne — to search for Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Translation

Rūpa Gosvāmī remained in Mathurā and Vṛndāvana for one month in the association of Subuddhi Rāya. After that, he left Vṛndāvana to search for his elder brother, Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Bengali

গঙ্গাতীর-পথে প্রভু প্রয়াগেরে আইলা ।
তাহা শুনি’ দুইভাই সে পথে চলিলা ॥ ২০৯ ॥

Text

gaṅgā-tīra-pathe prabhu prayāgere āilā
tāhā śuni’ dui-bhāi se pathe calilā

Synonyms

gaṅgā-tīra-pathe — on the road on the bank of the Ganges; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prayāgere āilā — came to Prayāga; tāhā śuni’ — hearing this news; dui-bhāi — the two brothers named Rūpa and Anupama; se pathe calilā — traveled on that path.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī heard that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had gone to Prayāga on the road along the banks of the Ganges, Rūpa and his brother Anupama went that way to meet the Lord.

Bengali

এথা সনাতন গোসাঞি প্রয়াগে আসিয়া ।
মথুরা আইলা সরান রাজপথ দিয়া ॥ ২১০ ॥

Text

ethā sanātana gosāñi prayāge āsiyā
mathurā āilā sarāna rāja-patha diyā

Synonyms

ethā — here (at the other end); sanātana gosāñi — Sanātana Gosāñi; prayāge āsiyā — coming to Prayāga; mathurā āilā — he reached Vṛndāvana; sarāna — directly; rāja-patha diyā — on the government road or public road.

Translation

After reaching Prayāga, Sanātana Gosvāmī, following the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, went to Vṛndāvana along the public road.

Purport

This is especially significant because when Sanātana Gosvāmī went from Bengal to Benares, due to the political situation he did not go along the public road. After meeting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu at Benares, however, he was ordered to proceed to Vṛndāvana along the public road leading to Mathurā. In other words, he was advised not to fear for his political situation.

Bengali

মথুরাতে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় তাহারে মিলিলা ।
রূপ-অনুপম-কথা সকলি কহিলা ॥ ২১১ ॥

Text

mathurāte subuddhi-rāya tāhāre mililā
rūpa-anupama-kathā sakali kahilā

Synonyms

mathurāte — at Mathurā; subuddhi-rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; tāhāre mililā — met him; rūpa-anupama-kathā — news about his younger brothers, Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama; sakali — everything; kahilā — described.

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī met Subuddhi Rāya at Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya explained everything about his younger brothers Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama.

Bengali

গঙ্গাপথে দুইভাই রাজপথে সনাতন ।
অতএব তাঁহা সনে না হৈল মিলন ॥ ২১২ ॥

Text

gaṅgā-pathe dui-bhāi rāja-pathe sanātana
ataeva tāṅhā sane nā haila milana

Synonyms

gaṅgā-pathe — on the road on the bank of the Ganges; dui-bhāi — the two brothers Rūpa and Anupama; rāja-pathe — on the public road; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; ataeva — because of this; tāṅhā sane — with him; haila milana — there was not a meeting.

Translation

Since Sanātana Gosvāmī went along the public road to Vṛndāvana and Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama went on the road along the Ganges’ banks, it was not possible for them to meet.

Bengali

সুবুদ্ধি-রায় বহু স্নেহ করে সনাতনে ।
ব্যবহার-স্নেহ সনাতন নাহি মানে ॥ ২১৩ ॥

Text

subuddhi-rāya bahu sneha kare sanātane
vyavahāra-sneha sanātana nāhi māne

Synonyms

subuddhi-rāya — Subuddhi Rāya; bahu — much; sneha — affection; kare — does; sanātane — unto Sanātana Gosvāmī; vyavahāra-sneha — love and affection because of a previous relationship; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; nāhi māne — was hesitant to accept.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya and Sanātana Gosvāmī had known each other before accepting the renounced order. Therefore Subuddhi Rāya showed much affection to Sanātana Gosvāmī, but Sanātana Gosvāmī hesitated to accept his sentiments and affections.

Bengali

মহা-বিরক্ত সনাতন ভ্রমেণ বনে বনে ।
প্রতিবৃক্ষে, প্রতিকুঞ্জে রহে রাত্রি-দিনে ॥ ২১৪ ॥

Text

mahā-virakta sanātana bhramena vane vane
prati-vṛkṣe, prati-kuñje rahe rātri-dine

Synonyms

mahā-virakta — highly elevated in the renounced order of life; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; bhramena — wanders; vane vane — from forest to forest; prati-vṛkṣe — under every tree; prati-kuñje — in every bush; rahe rātri-dine — remains day and night.

Translation

Being very advanced in the renounced order, Sanātana Gosvāmī used to wander from forest to forest, never taking shelter of any habitation built of stone. He used to live under trees or beneath bushes both day and night.

Bengali

মথুরামাহাত্ম্য-শাস্ত্র সংগ্রহ করিয়া ।
লুপ্ততীর্থ প্রকট কৈলা বনেতে ভ্রমিয়া ॥ ২১৫ ॥

Text

mathurā-māhātmya-śāstra saṅgraha kariyā
lupta-tīrtha prakaṭa kailā vanete bhramiyā

Synonyms

mathurā-māhātmya — giving a description of the greatness of Mathurā; śāstra — books; saṅgraha kariyā — collecting; lupta-tīrtha — lost holy places; prakaṭa — discovering; kailā — he did; vanete bhramiyā — traveling within the forest.

Translation

Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī collected some books about archaeological excavations in Mathurā, and wandering in the forest, he sought to renovate all those holy places.

Bengali

এইমত সনাতন বৃন্দাবনেতে রহিলা ।
রূপ-গোসাঞি দুইভাই কাশীতে আইলা ॥ ২১৬ ॥

Text

ei-mata sanātana vṛndāvanete rahilā
rūpa-gosāñi dui-bhāi kāśīte āilā

Synonyms

ei-mata — in this way; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; vṛndāvanete rahilā — remained in Vṛndāvana; rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosāñi; dui-bhāi — the two brothers; kāśīte āilā — came to Vārāṇasī (Kāśī).

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī remained in Vṛndāvana, and Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama returned to Vārāṇasī.

Bengali

মহারাষ্ট্রীয় দ্বিজ, শেখর, মিশ্র-তপন ।
তিনজন সহ রূপ করিলা মিলন ॥ ২১৭ ॥

Text

mahārāṣṭrīya dvija, śekhara, miśra-tapana
tina-jana saha rūpa karilā milana

Synonyms

mahārāṣṭrīya dvija — the brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; śekhara — Candraśekhara; miśra-tapana — Tapana Miśra; tina-jana — these three persons; saha — with; rūpa — Rūpa Gosvāmī; karilā milana — met.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī arrived at Vārāṇasī, he met the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, Candraśekhara and Tapana Miśra.

Bengali

শেখরের ঘরে বাসা, মিশ্র-ঘরে ভিক্ষা ।
মিশ্রমুখে শুনে — সনাতনে প্রভুর ‘শিক্ষা’ ॥ ২১৮ ॥

Text

śekharera ghare vāsā, miśra-ghare bhikṣā
miśra-mukhe śune sanātane prabhura ‘śikṣā’

Synonyms

śekharera ghare vāsā — residence in the house of Candraśekhara; miśra-ghare bhikṣāprasādam at the house of Tapana Miśra; miśra-mukhe — from the mouth of Tapana Miśra; śune — hears; sanātane — unto Sanātana; prabhura śikṣā — instructions of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

While Rūpa Gosvāmī was staying at Vārāṇasī, he resided at the house of Candraśekhara and took prasādam at the house of Tapana Miśra. In this way he heard of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions to Sanātana Gosvāmī in Vārāṇasī.

Bengali

কাশীতে প্রভুর চরিত্র শুনি’ তিনের মুখে ।
সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা শুনি’ পাইলা বড় সুখে ॥ ২১৯ ॥

Text

kāśīte prabhura caritra śuni’ tinera mukhe
sannyāsīre kṛpā śuni’ pāilā baḍa sukhe

Synonyms

kāśīte — at Vārāṇasī (Kāśī); prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caritra — the activity; śuni’ — hearing; tinera mukhe — from the mouths of the three persons; sannyāsīre kṛpā — the mercy shown to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; śuni’ — hearing about; pāilā — he got; baḍa sukhe — very great pleasure.

Translation

While staying at Vārāṇasī, Rūpa Gosvāmī heard of all Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s activities. When he heard of His deliverance of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, he became very happy.

Bengali

মহাপ্রভুর উপর লোকের প্রণতি দেখিয়া ।
সুখী হৈলা লোকমুখে কীর্তন শুনিয়া ॥ ২২০ ॥

Text

mahāprabhura upara lokera praṇati dekhiyā
sukhī hailā loka-mukhe kīrtana śuniyā

Synonyms

mahāprabhura — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; upara — upon; lokera — of the people in general; praṇati dekhiyā — seeing the surrender; sukhī hailā — became very happy; loka-mukhe — from the general public; kīrtana śuniyā — hearing the description.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī saw that all the people of Vārāṇasī respected Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he became very happy. He even heard stories from the general populace.

Bengali

দিন দশ রহি’ রূপ গৌড়ে যাত্রা কৈল ।
সনাতন-রূপের এই চরিত্র কহিল ॥ ২২১ ॥

Text

dina daśa rahi’ rūpa gauḍe yātrā kaila
sanātana-rūpera ei caritra kahila

Synonyms

dina daśa — about ten days; rahi’ — remaining; rūpa — Rūpa Gosvāmī; gauḍe yātrā kaila — went back to Bengal; sanātana-rūpera — of Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī and Rūpa Gosvāmī; ei — thus; caritra — character; kahila — I have described.

Translation

After staying in Vārāṇasī for about ten days, Rūpa Gosvāmī returned to Bengal. In this way I have described the activities of Rūpa and Sanātana.

Bengali

এথা মহাপ্রভু যদি নীলাদ্রি চলিলা ।
নির্জন বনপথে যাইতে মহা সুখ পাইলা ॥ ২২২ ॥

Text

ethā mahāprabhu yadi nīlādri calilā
nirjana vana-pathe yāite mahā sukha pāilā

Synonyms

ethā — on the other side; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadi — when; nīlādri calilā — went back to Jagannātha Purī; nirjana vana-pathe — on a solitary forest path; yāite — traveling; mahā sukha pāilā — got very great pleasure.

Translation

As Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was returning to Jagannātha Purī, He passed through the solitary forest, and He received great pleasure in doing so.

Bengali

সুখে চলি’ আইসে প্রভু বলভদ্র-সঙ্গে ।
পূর্ববৎ মৃগাদি-সঙ্গে কৈলা নানারঙ্গে ॥ ২২৩ ॥

Text

sukhe cali’ āise prabhu balabhadra-saṅge
pūrvavat mṛgādi-saṅge kailā nānā-raṅge

Synonyms

sukhe — in a very pleasing atmosphere; cali’ āise — comes back; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; balabhadra-saṅge — with the servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; pūrva-vat — as previously; mṛga-ādi-saṅge — with the forest animals; kailā — performed; nānā-raṅge — various pleasing activities.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu happily returned to Jagannātha Purī in the company of His servant, Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya. As previously, the Lord performed many pleasing pastimes with the forest animals.

Bengali

আঠারনালাতে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য ব্রাহ্মণে ।
পাঠাঞা বোলাইলা নিজ-ভক্তগণে ॥ ২২৪ ॥

Text

āṭhāranālāte āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇe
pāṭhāñā bolāilā nija-bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

āṭhāranālāte — to a place near Jagannātha Purī named Āṭhāranālā; āsi’ — coming; bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇe — the brāhmaṇa known as Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; pāṭhāñā — sending; bolāilā — called for; nija-bhakta-gaṇe — His own personal associates.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at a place known as Āṭhāranālā, near Jagannātha Purī, He sent Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya to call for His devotees.

Bengali

শুনিয়া ভক্তের গণ যেন পুনরপি জীলা ।
দেহে প্রাণ আইলে, যেন ইন্দ্রিয় উঠিলা ॥ ২২৫ ॥

Text

śuniyā bhaktera gaṇa yena punarapi jīlā
dehe prāṇa āile, yena indriya uṭhilā

Synonyms

śuniyā — hearing; bhaktera gaṇa — the hordes of devotees at Jagannātha Purī; yena — as if; punarapi — again; jīlā — became alive; dehe — in the body; prāṇa āile — consciousness returned; yena — as if; indriya — senses; uṭhilā — became agitated.

Translation

Hearing news of the Lord’s arrival from Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya, hordes of devotees became so happy that they seemed to be getting their lives back. It was as though their consciousness had returned to their bodies. Their senses also became agitated.

Bengali

আনন্দে বিহ্বল ভক্তগণ ধাঞা আইলা ।
নরেন্দ্রে আসিয়া সবে প্রভুরে মিলিলা ॥ ২২৬ ॥

Text

ānande vihvala bhakta-gaṇa dhāñā āilā
narendre āsiyā sabe prabhure mililā

Synonyms

ānande — in great pleasure; vihvala — overwhelmed; bhakta-gaṇa — all the devotees; dhāñā āilā — very hastily came; narendre āsiyā — coming to the shore of Narendra Lake; sabe — all of them; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mililā — met.

Translation

Being overwhelmed with great pleasure, all the devotees hastily went to see the Lord. They met Him on the banks of the celebrated lake called Narendra-sarovara.

Bengali

পুরী-ভারতীর প্রভু বন্দিলেন চরণ ।
দোঁহে মহাপ্রভুরে কৈলা প্রেম-আলিঙ্গন ॥ ২২৭ ॥

Text

purī-bhāratīra prabhu vandilena caraṇa
doṅhe mahāprabhure kailā prema-āliṅgana

Synonyms

purī — Paramānanda Purī; bhāratīra — and of Brahmānanda Bhāratī; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vandilena caraṇa — worshiped the feet; doṅhe — both the elderly sannyāsīs; mahāprabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā — did; prema-āliṅgana — embracing in love.

Translation

When Paramānanda Purī and Brahmānanda Bhāratī met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord offered them His respectful obeisances due to their being Godbrothers of His spiritual master. They both then embraced Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in love and affection.

Bengali

দামোদর-স্বরূপ, পণ্ডিত-গদাধর ।
জগদানন্দ, কাশীশ্বর, গোবিন্দ, বক্রেশ্বর ॥ ২২৮ ॥

Text

dāmodara-svarūpa, paṇḍita-gadādhara
jagadānanda, kāśīśvara, govinda, vakreśvara

Synonyms

dāmodara-svarūpa — Svarūpa Dāmodara; paṇḍita-gadādhara — Gadādhara, the learned scholar; jagadānanda — Jagadānanda; kāśīśvara — Kāśīśvara; govinda — Govinda; vakreśvara — Vakreśvara.

Translation

Devotees like Svarūpa Dāmodara, Gadādhara Paṇḍita, Jagadānanda, Kāśīśvara, Govinda and Vakreśvara all came to meet the Lord.

Bengali

কাশী-মিশ্র, প্রদ্যুম্ন-মিশ্র, পণ্ডিত-দামোদর ।
হরিদাস-ঠাকুর, আর পণ্ডিত-শঙ্কর ॥ ২২৯ ॥

Text

kāśī-miśra, pradyumna-miśra, paṇḍita-dāmodara
haridāsa-ṭhākura, āra paṇḍita-śaṅkara

Synonyms

kāśī-miśra — Kāśī Miśra; pradyumna-miśra — Pradyumna Miśra; paṇḍita-dāmodara — Dāmodara Paṇḍita; haridāsa-ṭhākura — Haridāsa Ṭhākura; āra — and; paṇḍita-śaṅkara — Śaṅkara Paṇḍita.

Translation

Kāśī Miśra, Pradyumna Miśra, Dāmodara Paṇḍita, Haridāsa Ṭhākura and Śaṅkara Paṇḍita also came there to meet the Lord.

Bengali

আর সব ভক্ত প্রভুর চরণে পড়িলা ।
সবা আলিঙ্গিয়া প্রভু প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ॥ ২৩০ ॥

Text

āra saba bhakta prabhura caraṇe paḍilā
sabā āliṅgiyā prabhu premāviṣṭa hailā

Synonyms

āra saba bhakta — all the other devotees; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇe paḍilā — fell down at the lotus feet; sabā āliṅgiyā — embracing all of them; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āviṣṭa — overwhelmed in ecstatic love and emotion; hailā — became.

Translation

All the other devotees also came and fell down at the Lord’s lotus feet. In return, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced them all with great ecstatic love.

Bengali

আনন্দ-সমুদ্রে ভাসে সব ভক্তগণে ।
সবা লঞা চলে প্রভু জগন্নাথ-দরশনে ॥ ২৩১ ॥

Text

ānanda-samudre bhāse saba bhakta-gaṇe
sabā lañā cale prabhu jagannātha-daraśane

Synonyms

ānanda-samudre — in the ocean of transcendental bliss; bhāse — float; saba bhakta-gaṇe — all the devotees; sabā lañā — taking all of them; cale — goes; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jagannātha-daraśane — to see the Jagannātha Deity in the temple.

Translation

Thus they all merged in the ocean of transcendental bliss. Then the Lord and all His devotees proceeded toward the temple of Jagannātha to see the Deity.

Bengali

জগন্নাথ দেখি’ প্রভু প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ।
ভক্ত-সঙ্গে বহুক্ষণ নৃত্য-গীত কৈলা ॥ ২৩২ ॥

Text

jagannātha dekhi’ prabhu premāviṣṭa hailā
bhakta-saṅge bahu-kṣaṇa nṛtya-gīta kailā

Synonyms

jagannātha dekhi’ — seeing Lord Jagannātha; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āviṣṭa hailā — became overwhelmed with love and affection; bhakta-saṅge — in the society of the devotees; bahu-kṣaṇa — for a long time; nṛtya-gīta kailā — chanted and danced.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw Lord Jagannātha in the temple, He was immediately overwhelmed with love and affection. He chanted and danced with His devotees for a long time.

Bengali

জগন্নাথ-সেবক আনি’ মালা-প্রসাদ দিলা ।
তুলসী পড়িছা আসি’ চরণ বন্দিলা ॥ ২৩৩ ॥

Text

jagannātha-sevaka āni’ mālā-prasāda dilā
tulasī paḍichā āsi’ caraṇa vandilā

Synonyms

jagannātha-sevaka — the priests who were servitors of Lord Jagannātha; āni’ — bringing; mālā-prasāda dilā — distributed flower garlands and prasādam; tulasī paḍichā — the temple servant known as Tulasī; āsi’ — coming; caraṇa vandilā — worshiped the lotus feet of the Lord.

Translation

The priests immediately brought them flower garlands and prasādam. The temple’s watchman, who was named Tulasī, also came and offered his obeisances to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

‘মহাপ্রভু আইলা’ — গ্রামে কোলাহল হৈল ।
সার্বভৌম, রামানন্দ, বাণীনাথ মিলিল ॥ ২৩৪ ॥

Text

‘mahāprabhu āilā’ — grāme kolāhala haila
sārvabhauma, rāmānanda, vāṇīnātha milila

Synonyms

mahāprabhu āilā — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has arrived; grāme — in the town; kolāhala haila — there was spreading of the news; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma; rāmānanda — Rāmānanda; vāṇīnātha — Vāṇīnātha; milila — came and met Him.

Translation

When the news spread that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had arrived at Jagannātha Purī, devotees like Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Rāmānanda Rāya and Vāṇīnātha Rāya all came to meet Him.

Bengali

সবা সঙ্গে লঞা প্রভু মিশ্র-বাসা আইলা ।
সার্বভৌম, পণ্ডিত-গোসাঞি নিমন্ত্রণ কৈলা ॥ ২৩৫ ॥

Text

sabā saṅge lañā prabhu miśra-vāsā āilā
sārvabhauma, paṇḍita-gosāñi nimantraṇa kailā

Synonyms

sabā saṅge lañā — taking all of them; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; miśra-vāsā āilā — came to Kāśī Miśra’s house; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; paṇḍita-gosāñi — Gadādhara Paṇḍita; nimantraṇa kailā — invited the Lord to take prasādam.

Translation

The Lord and all His devotees then went to the residence of Kāśī Miśra. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Paṇḍita Gosāñi also invited the Lord to dine at their homes.

Bengali

প্রভু কহে, — “মহাপ্রসাদ আন’ এই স্থানে ।
সবা-সঙ্গে ইহাঁ আজি করিমু ভোজনে ॥” ২৩৬ ॥

Text

prabhu kahe, — “mahā-prasāda āna’ ei sthāne
sabā-saṅge ihāṅ āji karimu bhojane”

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; mahā-prasāda āna’ — bring mahā-prasādam; ei sthāne — to this place; sabā-saṅge — with all; ihāṅ — here; āji — today; karimu bhojane — I shall dine.

Translation

Accepting their invitation, the Lord asked them to bring all the prasādam there so that He could eat it with His devotees.

Bengali

তবে দুঁহে জগন্নাথপ্রসাদ আনিল ।
সবা-সঙ্গে মহাপ্রভু ভোজন করিল ॥ ২৩৭ ॥

Text

tabe duṅhe jagannātha-prasāda ānila
sabā-saṅge mahāprabhu bhojana karila

Synonyms

tabe — then; duṅhe — both Sārvabhauma and Paṇḍita Gosāñi; jagannātha-prasāda ānila — brought the mahā-prasādam of Jagannātha; sabā-saṅge — with all of them; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhojana karila — dined.

Translation

Upon receiving Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Paṇḍita Gosāñi brought sufficient prasādam from the temple of Jagannātha. The Lord then dined with everyone at His own place.

Bengali

এই ত’ কহিলুঁ, — প্রভু দেখি’ বৃন্দাবন ।
পুনঃ করিলেন যৈছে নীলাদ্রি গমন ॥ ২৩৮ ॥

Text

ei ta’ kahiluṅ, — prabhu dekhi’ vṛndāvana
punaḥ karilena yaiche nīlādri gamana

Synonyms

ei ta’ kahiluṅ — thus I have described; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dekhi’ vṛndāvana — after visiting Vṛndāvana; punaḥ — again; karilena — did; yaiche — as; nīlādri gamana — coming back to Jagannātha Purī.

Translation

Thus I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī from Vṛndāvana.

Bengali

ইহা যেই শ্রদ্ধা করি’ করয়ে শ্রবণ ।
অচিরাৎ পায় সেই চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ২৩৯ ॥

Text

ihā yei śraddhā kari’ karaye śravaṇa
acirāt pāya sei caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

ihā — this; yei — anyone who; śraddhā kari’ — with faith and love; karaye śravaṇa — hears; acirāt — very soon; pāya — gets; sei — he; caitanya-caraṇa — the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Whoever hears Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes with faith and love very soon attains shelter at the Lord’s lotus feet.

Bengali

মধ্যলীলার করিলুঁ এই দিগ্‌দরশন ।
ছয় বৎসর কৈলা যৈছে গমনাগমন ॥ ২৪০ ॥

Text

madhya-līlāra kariluṅ ei dig-daraśana
chaya vatsara kailā yaiche gamanāgamana

Synonyms

madhya-līlāra — of this division, known as Madhya-līlā; kariluṅ — I have done; ei dik-daraśana — this summary inspection; chaya vatsara — continuously for six years; kailā — performed; yaiche — just as; gamana-āgamana — going and coming back.

Translation

I have thus given a summary description of the madhya-līlā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s travels to and from Jagannātha Purī. Indeed, the Lord traveled to and fro continuously for six years.

Bengali

শেষ অষ্টাদশ বৎসর নীলাচলে বাস ।
ভক্তগণ-সঙ্গে করে কীর্তন-বিলাস ॥ ২৪১ ॥

Text

śeṣa aṣṭādaśa vatsara nīlācale vāsa
bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge kare kīrtana-vilāsa

Synonyms

śeṣa aṣṭādaśa vatsara — the remaining eighteen years; nīlācale vāsa — residence at Jagannātha Purī; bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge — with devotees; kare — performs; kīrtana-vilāsa — the pastimes of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.

Translation

After taking sannyāsa at the age of twenty-four, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu lived another twenty-four years. For six of these years, He traveled extensively throughout India, sometimes going to Jagannātha Purī and sometimes leaving. After traveling for six years, the Lord fixed His residence at Jagannātha Purī and stayed there for the eighteen remaining years of His life. During these eighteen years He mainly chanted Hare Kṛṣṇa with His devotees.

Bengali

মধ্যলীলার ক্রম এবে করি অনুবাদ ।
অনুবাদ কৈলে হয় কথার আস্বাদ ॥ ২৪২ ॥

Text

madhya-līlāra krama ebe kari anuvāda
anuvāda kaile haya kathāra āsvāda

Synonyms

madhya-līlāra krama — a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛta; ebe — now; kari — I may do; anuvāda — a review; anuvāda kaile — by reviewing in that way; haya — there is; kathāra āsvāda — tasting of all the topics.

Translation

I shall now review the chapters of the Madhya-līlā chronologically so that one can relish the transcendental features of these topics.

Bengali

প্রথম পরিচ্ছেদে — শেষলীলার সূত্রগণ ।
তথি-মধ্যে কোন ভাগের বিস্তার বর্ণন ॥ ২৪৩ ॥

Text

prathama paricchede — śeṣa-līlāra sūtra-gaṇa
tathi-madhye kona bhāgera vistāra varṇana

Synonyms

prathama paricchede — in the first chapter; śeṣa-līlāra sūtra-gaṇa — the synopsis of the antya-līlā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes at the end; tathi-madhye — within that; kona bhāgera — of some portion of the book; vistāra varṇana — a vivid description.

Translation

In the first chapter I have given a synopsis of the last pastimes [antya-līlā]. Within this chapter is a vivid description of some of the pastimes of the Lord that took place toward the end of His life.

Bengali

দ্বিতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে — প্রভুর প্রলাপ-বর্ণন ।
তথি-মধ্যে নানা-ভাবের দিগ্‌দরশন ॥ ২৪৪ ॥

Text

dvitīya paricchede — prabhura pralāpa-varṇana
tathi-madhye nānā-bhāvera dig-daraśana

Synonyms

dvitīya paricchede — in the second chapter; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pralāpa-varṇana — a description of His behaving like a crazy man; tathi-madhye — within that; nānā-bhāvera — of different emotional ecstasies; dik-daraśana — indication.

Translation

In the second chapter I have described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s talking like a crazy man. Within this chapter it is indicated how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu manifested His different emotional moods.

Bengali

তৃতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে — প্রভুর কহিলুঁ সন্ন্যাস ।
আচার্যের ঘরে যৈছে করিলা বিলাস ॥ ২৪৫ ॥

Text

tṛtīya paricchede — prabhura kahiluṅ sannyāsa
ācāryera ghare yaiche karilā vilāsa

Synonyms

tṛtīya paricchede — in the third chapter; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahiluṅ — I have described; sannyāsa — acceptance of the renounced order of life; ācāryera ghare — at the house of Advaita Ācārya; yaiche — how; karilā vilāsa — enjoyed His pastimes.

Translation

In the third chapter I have described the Lord’s acceptance of the renounced order and how He enjoyed His pastimes at the house of Advaita Ācārya.

Bengali

চতুর্থে — মাধব পুরীর চরিত্র-আস্বাদন ।
গোপাল স্থাপন, ক্ষীর-চুরির বর্ণন ॥ ২৪৬ ॥

Text

caturthe — mādhava purīra caritra-āsvādana
gopāla sthāpana, kṣīra-curira varṇana

Synonyms

caturthe — in the fourth chapter; mādhava purīra — of Mādhavendra Purī; caritra-āsvādana — relishing the characteristics; gopāla sthāpana — the installation of Gopāla; kṣīra-curira varṇana — a description of Gopīnātha’s stealing condensed milk at Remuṇā.

Translation

In the fourth chapter I have described Mādhavendra Purī’s installation of the Gopāla Deity as well as Gopīnātha’s stealing a pot of condensed milk at Remuṇā.

Bengali

পঞ্চমে — সাক্ষিগোপাল-চরিত্র-বর্ণন ।
নিত্যানন্দ কহে, প্রভু করেন আস্বাদন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥

Text

pañcame — sākṣi-gopāla-caritra-varṇana
nityānanda kahe, prabhu karena āsvādana

Synonyms

pañcame — in the fifth chapter; sākṣi-gopāla — Sākṣi-gopāla; caritra-varṇana — a description of the characteristics; nityānanda kahe — Lord Nityānanda described this; prabhu — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karena āsvādana — tasted it.

Translation

In the fifth chapter I have narrated the story of Sākṣi-gopāla. Lord Nityānanda Prabhu narrated this while Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu listened.

Bengali

ষষ্ঠে — সার্বভৌমের করিলা উদ্ধার ।
সপ্তমে — তীর্থযাত্রা, বাসুদেব-নিস্তার ॥ ২৪৮ ॥

Text

ṣaṣṭhe — sārvabhaumera karilā uddhāra
saptame — tīrtha-yātrā, vāsudeva nistāra

Synonyms

ṣaṣṭhe — in the sixth chapter; sārvabhaumera — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karilā uddhāra — the Lord delivered; saptame — in the seventh chapter; tīrtha-yātrā — going to different holy places; vāsudeva nistāra — delivering Vāsudeva.

Translation

In the sixth chapter I have told how Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was delivered, and in the seventh chapter I have described the Lord’s tour of different holy places and His deliverance of Vāsudeva.

Bengali

অষ্টমে — রামানন্দ-সংবাদ বিস্তার ।
আপনে শুনিলা ‘সর্ব-সিদ্ধান্তের সার’ ॥ ২৪৯ ॥

Text

aṣṭame — rāmānanda-saṁvāda vistāra
āpane śunilā ‘sarva-siddhāntera sāra’

Synonyms

aṣṭame — in the eighth chapter; rāmānanda-saṁvāda vistāra — an elaborate discussion with Śrī Rāmānanda Rāya; āpane — personally; śunilā — listened; sarva — all; siddhāntera — of conclusions; sāra — the essence.

Translation

In the eighth chapter I have recorded the Lord’s elaborate discussion with Rāmānanda Rāya. The Lord personally listened as Rāmānanda gave the conclusive essence of all Vedic literatures.

Bengali

নবমে — কহিলুঁ দক্ষিণ-তীর্থ-ভ্রমণ ।
দশমে — কহিলুঁ সর্ব বৈষ্ণব-মিলন ॥ ২৫০ ॥

Text

navame — kahiluṅ dakṣiṇa-tīrtha-bhramaṇa
daśame — kahiluṅ sarva-vaiṣṇava-milana

Synonyms

navame — in the ninth chapter; kahiluṅ — I have described; dakṣiṇa-tīrtha-bhramaṇa — going on pilgrimage in South India; daśame — in the tenth chapter; kahiluṅ — I have described; sarva-vaiṣṇava-milana — meeting of all kinds of devotees.

Translation

In the ninth chapter I have described the Lord’s tour of South India and the different places of pilgrimage. In the tenth chapter I have described His meeting with all His devotees.

Bengali

একাদশে — শ্রীমন্দিরে ‘বেড়া-সংকীর্তন’ ।
দ্বাদশে — গুণ্ডিচা-মন্দির-মার্জন-ক্ষালন ॥ ২৫১ ॥

Text

ekādaśe — śrī-mandire ‘beḍā-saṅkīrtana’
dvādaśe — guṇḍicā-mandira-mārjana-kṣālana

Synonyms

ekādaśe — in the eleventh chapter; śrī-mandire — in the Jagannātha temple; beḍā-saṅkīrtana — chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra all around; dvādaśe — in the twelfth chapter; guṇḍicā-mandira — of the temple known as Guṇḍicā; mārjana-kṣālana — cleansing and washing.

Translation

In the eleventh chapter I have described the great chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra that surrounded the Lord. In the twelfth chapter I have given a narration of the cleansing and washing of the Guṇḍicā temple.

Bengali

ত্রয়োদশে — রথ-আগে প্রভুর নর্তন ।
চতুর্দশে — ‘হেরাপঞ্চমী’-যাত্রা-দরশন ॥ ২৫২ ॥

Text

trayodaśe — ratha-āge prabhura nartana
caturdaśe — ‘herā-pañcamī’-yātrā-daraśana

Synonyms

trayodaśe — in the thirteenth chapter; ratha-āge — in front of the Jagannātha ratha; prabhura nartana — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s dancing; caturdaśe — in the fourteenth chapter; herā-pañcamī — Herā-pañcamī, which takes place on the fifth day of Ratha-yātrā; yātrā — festival; daraśana — visiting.

Translation

In the thirteenth chapter I have described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s dancing before the chariot of Jagannātha. In the fourteenth chapter, there is an account of the Herā-pañcamī function.

Bengali

তার মধ্যে ব্রজদেবীর ভাবের শ্রবণ ।
স্বরূপ কহিলা, প্রভু কৈলা আস্বাদন ॥ ২৫৩ ॥

Text

tāra madhye vraja-devīra bhāvera śravaṇa
svarūpa kahilā, prabhu kailā āsvādana

Synonyms

tāra madhye — in that; vraja-devīra — of the gopīs; bhāvera — of ecstatic emotion; śravaṇa — hearing; svarūpa kahilā — Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī described; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā āsvādana — personally tasted.

Translation

Also in the fourteenth chapter is an account of how the emotional ecstasy of the gopīs was described by Svarūpa Dāmodara and tasted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

পঞ্চদশে — ভক্তের গুণ শ্রীমুখে কহিল ।
সার্বভৌম-ঘরে ভিক্ষা, অমোঘ তারিল ॥ ২৫৪ ॥

Text

pañcadaśe — bhaktera guṇa śrī-mukhe kahila
sārvabhauma-ghare bhikṣā, amogha tārila

Synonyms

pañcadaśe — in the fifteenth chapter; bhaktera — of the devotees; guṇa — qualities; śrī-mukhe kahila — Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally described; sārvabhauma-ghare — at the house of Sārvabhauma; bhikṣā — accepting lunch; amogha tārila — He delivered Amogha.

Translation

In the fifteenth chapter I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu highly praised the qualities of His devotees and accepted lunch at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya. At that time, He delivered Amogha.

Bengali

ষোড়শে — বৃন্দাবনযাত্রা গৌড়দেশ-পথে ।
পুনঃ নীলাচলে আইলা, নাটশালা হৈতে ॥ ২৫৫ ॥

Text

ṣoḍaśe — vṛndāvana-yātrā gauḍa-deśa-pathe
punaḥ nīlācale āilā, nāṭaśālā haite

Synonyms

ṣoḍaśe — in the sixteenth chapter; vṛndāvana-yātrā — departure for visiting Vṛndāvana; gauḍa-deśa-pathe — on the way through the province of Bengal; punaḥ — again; nīlācale āilā — came back to Jagannātha Purī; nāṭaśālā haite — from Kānāi Nāṭaśālā.

Translation

In the sixteenth chapter I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu departed for Vṛndāvana and journeyed through Bengal. He later returned to Jagannātha Purī from Kānāi Nāṭaśālā.

Bengali

সপ্তদশে — বনপথে মথুরা-গমন ।
অষ্টাদশে — বৃন্দাবন-বিহার-বর্ণন ॥ ২৫৬ ॥

Text

saptadaśe — vanapathe mathurā-gamana
aṣṭādaśe — vṛndāvana-vihāra-varṇana

Synonyms

saptadaśe — in the seventeenth chapter; vana-pathe — through the forest path; mathurā-gamana — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s going to Mathurā; aṣṭādaśe — in the eighteenth chapter; vṛndāvana-vihāra-varṇana — description of His touring the forest of Vṛndāvana.

Translation

In the seventeenth chapter I have described the Lord’s journey through the great forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa and His arrival at Mathurā. In the eighteenth chapter there is a description of His tour of the forest of Vṛndāvana.

Bengali

ঊনবিংশে — মথুরা হৈতে প্রয়াগ-গমন ।
তার মধ্যে শ্ৰীরূপেরে শক্তি-সঞ্চারণ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥

Text

ūnaviṁśe — mathurā haite prayāga-gamana
tāra madhye śrī-rūpere śakti-sañcāraṇa

Synonyms

ūnaviṁśe — in the nineteenth chapter; mathurā haite — from Mathurā; prayāga-gamana — going to Prayāga; tāra madhye — within that; śrī-rūpere — Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; śakti-sañcāraṇa — empowering to spread devotional service.

Translation

In the nineteenth chapter I have described how the Lord returned to Prayāga from Mathurā and empowered Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī to spread devotional service.

Bengali

বিংশতি পরিচ্ছেদে — সনাতনের মিলন ।
তার মধ্যে ভগবানের স্বরূপ-বর্ণন ॥ ২৫৮ ॥

Text

viṁśati paricchede — sanātanera milana
tāra madhye bhagavānera svarūpa-varṇana

Synonyms

viṁśati paricchede — in the twentieth chapter; sanātanera milana — meeting with Sanātana Gosvāmī; tāra madhye — within that; bhagavānera — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svarūpa-varṇana — description of personal features.

Translation

In the twentieth chapter the Lord’s meeting with Sanātana Gosvāmī is described. The Lord described the personal features of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in depth.

Bengali

একবিংশে — কৃষ্ণৈশ্বর্য-মাধুর্য বর্ণন ।
দ্বাবিংশে — দ্বিবিধ সাধনভক্তির বিবরণ ॥ ২৫৯ ॥

Text

ekaviṁśe — kṛṣṇaiśvarya-mādhurya varṇana
dvāviṁśe — dvividha sādhana-bhaktira vivaraṇa

Synonyms

eka-viṁśe — in the twenty-first chapter; kṛṣṇa-aiśvarya — of the opulence of Kṛṣṇa; mādhurya — of the pleasing beauty; varṇana — description; dvā-viṁśe — in the twenty-second chapter; dvi-vidha — twofold; sādhana-bhaktira — of the discharge of devotional service; vivaraṇa — description.

Translation

In the twenty-first chapter there is a description of Kṛṣṇa’s beauty and opulence, and in the twenty-second chapter there is a description of the twofold discharge of devotional service.

Bengali

ত্রয়োবিংশে — প্রেমভক্তিরসের কথন ।
চতুর্বিংশে — ‘আত্মারামাঃ’-শ্লোকার্থ বর্ণন ॥ ২৬০ ॥

Text

trayoviṁśe — prema-bhakti-rasera kathana
caturviṁśe — ‘ātmārāmāḥ’-ślokārtha varṇana

Synonyms

trayaḥ-viṁśe — in the twenty-third chapter; prema-bhakti — of ecstatic love of Godhead; rasera — of the mellow; kathana — narration; catuḥ-viṁśe — in the twenty-fourth chapter; ātmārāmāḥ — known as ātmārāma; śloka-artha — the meaning of the verse; varṇana — description.

Translation

In the twenty-third chapter there is a description of the mellows of transcendental loving service, and in the twenty-fourth chapter I have described how the Lord analyzed the ātmārāma verse.

Bengali

পঞ্চবিংশে — কাশীবাসীরে বৈষ্ণবকরণ ।
কাশী হৈতে পুনঃ নীলাচলে আগমন ॥ ২৬১ ॥

Text

pañcaviṁśe — kāśī-vāsīre vaiṣṇava-karaṇa
kāśī haite punaḥ nīlācale āgamana

Synonyms

pañca-viṁśe — in the twenty-fifth chapter; kāśī-vāsīre — the residents of Vārāṇasī (Kāśī); vaiṣṇava-karaṇa — making Vaiṣṇavas; kāśī haite — from Kāśī; punaḥ — again; nīlācale āgamana — coming back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala).

Translation

In the twenty-fifth chapter there is a description of how the residents of Vārāṇasī were converted to Vaiṣṇavism and how the Lord returned to Nīlācala [Jagannātha Purī] from Vārāṇasī.

Bengali

পঞ্চবিংশতি পরিচ্ছেদে এই কৈলুঁ অনুবাদ ।
যাহার শ্রবণে হয় গ্রন্থার্থ-আস্বাদ ॥ ২৬২ ॥

Text

pañcaviṁśati paricchede ei kailuṅ anuvāda
yāhāra śravaṇe haya granthārtha-āsvāda

Synonyms

pañca-viṁśati paricchede — in the twenty-fifth chapter; ei — this; kailuṅ anuvāda — I have made repetition; yāhāra śravaṇe — hearing which; haya — there is; grantha-artha-āsvāda — understanding of the whole contents of the book.

Translation

I have thus summarized these pastimes in the twenty-fifth chapter. Hearing this summary, one can understand the whole purport of this scripture.

Bengali

সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ এই মধ্যলীলার সার ।
কোটিগ্রন্থে বর্ণন না যায় ইহার বিস্তার ॥ ২৬৩ ॥

Text

saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ ei madhya-līlāra sāra
koṭi-granthe varṇana nā yāya ihāra vistāra

Synonyms

saṅkṣepe — in brief; kahiluṅ — I have described; ei — this; madhya-līlāra sāra — essence of Madhya-līlā; koṭi-granthe — in millions of books; varṇana — description; yāya — is not possible; ihāra vistāra — elaborately.

Translation

I have now summarized the entire subject matter of the Madhya-līlā. These pastimes cannot be described elaborately even in millions of books.

Bengali

জীব নিস্তারিতে প্রভু ভ্রমিলা দেশে-দেশে ।
আপনে আস্বাদি’ ভক্তি করিলা প্রকাশে ॥ ২৬৪ ॥

Text

jīva nistārite prabhu bhramilā deśe-deśe
āpane āsvādi’ bhakti karilā prakāśe

Synonyms

jīva nistārite — to deliver all the fallen souls; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhramilā — traveled; deśe-deśe — in various countries; āpane — personally; āsvādi’ — tasting; bhakti — devotional service; karilā — did; prakāśe — broadcasting.

Translation

To deliver all fallen souls, the Lord traveled from country to country. He personally tasted the transcendental pleasure of devotional service, and He simultaneously spread the cult of devotion everywhere.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally traveled to different regions of India to spread the bhakti cult throughout the country. He also personally relished transcendental activities. By His personal behavior He has given an example for devotees to follow. That is, one should broadcast the cult of devotional service. He specifically instructed His devotees to enjoin all Indians to broadcast this message throughout the world because at that time the Lord could not personally travel to other parts of the world. In this regard, He has left two instructions:

bhārata-bhūmite haila manuṣya-janma yāra
janma sārthaka kari’ kara para-upakāra

“All Indians should seriously take up the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and should perfect their lives by adopting the process of devotional service. After perfecting their lives, they should broadcast this message all over the world for the welfare of all human beings [para-upakāra].” (Cc. Ādi 9.41) A Vaiṣṇava is especially interested in para-upakāra, doing good to others. Prahlāda Mahārāja was also interested in this. He did not want to be delivered alone; rather, he wanted to deliver all fallen souls, who are bereft of knowledge of bhakti and who misuse their intelligence for the temporary benefit of the material body. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu also wanted His mission spread all over the world.

pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi grāma
sarvatra pracāra haibe mora nāma

“In every town and village, the chanting of My name will be heard.” (Caitanya-bhāgavata, Antya 4.126)

Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we are trying to broadcast His message throughout the world. By His mercy, people are taking this movement very seriously. Indeed, our books are extensively distributed in the Western countries, especially in America and Europe. Even the ecclesiastical orders in these countries are appreciating the value of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and are ready to unite for the highest benefit of human society. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu may therefore take this movement seriously and broadcast it throughout the world, from village to village and from town to town, just as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself did.

Bengali

কৃষ্ণতত্ত্ব, ভক্তিতত্ত্ব, প্রেমতত্ত্ব সার ।
ভাবতত্ত্ব, রসতত্ত্ব, লীলাতত্ত্ব আর ॥ ২৬৫ ॥

Text

kṛṣṇa-tattva, bhakti-tattva, prema-tattva sāra
bhāva-tattva, rasa-tattva, līlā-tattva āra

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-tattva — the truth of Kṛṣṇa; bhakti-tattva — the truth of devotional service; prema-tattva — the truth of ecstatic love of Godhead; sāra — the essence; bhāva-tattva — the emotional truth; rasa-tattva — the truth of transcendental mellows; līlā-tattva — the truth of the pastimes of the Lord; āra — also.

Translation

Kṛṣṇa consciousness means understanding the truth of Kṛṣṇa, the truth of devotional service, the truth of love of Godhead, the truth of emotional ecstasy, the truth of transcendental mellows and the truth of the pastimes of the Lord.

Bengali

শ্রীভাগবত-তত্ত্বরস করিলা প্রচারে ।
কৃষ্ণতুল্য ভাগবত, জানাইলা সংসারে ॥ ২৬৬ ॥

Text

śrī-bhāgavata-tattva-rasa karilā pracāre
kṛṣṇa-tulya bhāgavata, jānāilā saṁsāre

Synonyms

śrī-bhāgavata-tattva-rasa — the truth and transcendental taste of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; karilā pracāre — Caitanya Mahāprabhu preached elaborately; kṛṣṇa-tulya — identical with Kṛṣṇa; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; jānāilā saṁsāre — has preached within this world.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has personally preached the transcendental truths and mellows of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are identical, for Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the sound incarnation of Śrī Kṛṣṇa.

Bengali

ভক্ত লাগি’ বিস্তারিলা আপন-বদনে ।
কাহাঁ ভক্ত-মুখে কহাই শুনিলা আপনে ॥ ২৬৭ ॥

Text

bhakta lāgi’ vistārilā āpana-vadane
kāhāṅ bhakta-mukhe kahāi śunilā āpane

Synonyms

bhakta lāgi’ — especially for the benefit of His devotees; vistārilā — expansively described; āpana-vadane — personally, with His own mouth; kāhāṅ — sometimes; bhakta-mukhe — through the mouth of His devotees; kahāi — making describe; śunilā āpane — listened Himself.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broadcast the purport of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. He sometimes spoke for the benefit of His devotees and sometimes empowered one of His devotees to speak while He listened.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as an ideal teacher, or ācārya, explained Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very elaborately Himself. He sometimes also empowered His devotees to speak while He listened. This is the way an ācārya should train his disciples. Not only should he describe the bhāgavata cult personally, but he should also train his disciples to speak on this sublime subject.

Bengali

শ্রীচৈতন্য-সম আর কৃপালু বদান্য ।
ভক্তবৎসল না দেখি ত্রিজগতে অন্য ॥ ২৬৮ ॥

Text

śrī-caitanya-sama āra kṛpālu vadānya
bhakta-vatsala nā dekhi trijagate anya

Synonyms

śrī-caitanya-sama — equal to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āra — anyone else; kṛpālu — merciful; vadānya — magnanimous; bhakta-vatsala — very kind to the devotees; dekhi — I do not see; tri-jagate — in these three worlds; anya — anyone else.

Translation

All sane men within these three worlds certainly accept the conclusion that no one is more merciful and magnanimous than Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and that no one is as kind to His devotees.

Bengali

শ্রদ্ধা করি’ এই লীলা শুন, ভক্তগণ ।
ইহার প্ৰসাদে পাইবা চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ২৬৯ ॥

Text

śraddhā kari’ ei līlā śuna, bhakta-gaṇa
ihāra prasāde pāibā caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

śraddhā kari’ — having faith and love; ei līlā — these pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śuna — hear; bhakta-gaṇa — O devotees; ihāra prasāde — by the grace of this transcendental hearing; pāibā — you will get; caitanya-caraṇa — the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All devotees should hear about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes with faith and love. By the grace of the Lord, one can thus attain shelter at His lotus feet.

Bengali

ইহার প্রসাদে পাইবা কৃষ্ণতত্ত্বসার ।
সর্বশাস্ত্র-সিদ্ধান্তের ইহাঁ পাইবা পার ॥ ২৭০ ॥

Text

ihāra prasāde pāibā kṛṣṇa-tattva-sāra
sarva-śāstra-siddhāntera ihāṅ pāibā pāra

Synonyms

ihāra prasāde — by hearing these teachings of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāibā — you will get; kṛṣṇa-tattva-sāra — the essence of the truth of Kṛṣṇa; sarva-śāstra — of all revealed scriptures; siddhāntera — of conclusions; ihāṅ — here; pāibā — you will get; pāra — the ultimate limit.

Translation

By understanding the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one can understand the truth about Kṛṣṇa. By understanding Kṛṣṇa, one can understand the limit of all knowledge described in various revealed scriptures.

Purport

As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.3):

manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣukaścid yatati siddhaye
yatatām api siddhānāṁ
kaścin māṁ vetti tattvataḥ

“Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection, and of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.”

It is very difficult to understand Kṛṣṇa, but if one tries to understand Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam through Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s bhakti cult, one will undoubtedly understand Kṛṣṇa very easily. If somehow or other one understands Kṛṣṇa, his life is successful. Again, as Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9):

janma karma ca me divyamevaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ
tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma
naiti mām eti so ’rjuna

“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.”

Bengali

কৃষ্ণলীলা অমৃত-সার,     তার শত শত ধার,
দশদিকে বহে যাহা হৈতে ।
সে চৈতন্যলীলা হয়,     সরোবর অক্ষয়,
মনো-হংস চরাহ’ তাহাতে ॥ ২৭১ ॥

Text

kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sāra,tāra śata śata dhāra,
daśa-dike vahe yāhā haite
se caitanya-līlā haya,
sarovara akṣaya,
mano-haṁsa carāha’ tāhāte

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sāra — the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all eternal bliss; tāra śata śata dhāra — the flow of that eternal bliss is running in hundreds of branches; daśa-dike — in all the ten directions; vahe — flows; yāhā haite — from which; se — those; caitanya-līlā — pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haya — are; sarovara akṣaya — a transcendental eternal lake; manaḥ-haṁsa — my mind, which is like a swan; carāha’ — please wander; tāhāte — in that lake.

Translation

The pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all nectar, and that nectar is flowing in hundreds of rivers in all directions. The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are an eternal reservoir, and one is advised to let his mind swim like a swan on this transcendental lake.

Purport

The essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa, it is simply superfluous. By Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s grace, the nectar of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes is flowing in different directions in hundreds and thousands of rivers. One should not think that the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are different from Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. It is said, śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya: “Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is a combination of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.” Thus without understanding the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one cannot understand Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore sings, rūpa-raghunātha-pade haibe ākuti/ kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala pirīti: “When shall I become very eager to study the books left by the six Gosvāmīs? Then I shall be able to understand the conjugal pastimes of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.” Caitanya Mahāprabhu directly empowered Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī. Following in their footsteps, the other Gosvāmīs understood Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His mission. One should understand Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa from the six Gosvāmīs in the paramparā system. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is following as strictly as possible in the footsteps of the Gosvāmīs. Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, ei chaya gosāñi yāṅra, mui tāṅra dāsa: “I am the servant of the six Gosvāmīs.” The philosophy of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is to become the servant of the servant of the servant of the Lord. Whoever wants to understand the difficult subject matter of kṛṣṇa-kathā should accept the disciplic succession. If one is somehow or other able to understand Kṛṣṇa, his life is successful. Tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna. A perfect devotee is able to understand Kṛṣṇa through the disciplic succession, and his entrance into the kingdom of God is thereby certainly opened. When one understands Kṛṣṇa, there is no difficulty in transferring oneself to the spiritual kingdom.

Bengali

ভক্তগণ, শুন মোর দৈন্য-বচন ।
তোমা-সবার পদধূলি,     অঙ্গে বিভূষণ করি’,
কিছু মুঞি করোঁ নিবেদন ॥ ২৭২ ॥ ধ্রু ॥

Text

bhakta-gaṇa, śuna mora dainya-vacana
tomā-sabāra pada-dhūli,
aṅge vibhūṣaṇa kari’,
kichu muñi karoṅ nivedana

Synonyms

bhakta-gaṇa — O devotees; śuna — please hear; mora — my; dainya-vacana — humble submission; tomā-sabāra — of all of you; pada-dhūli — the dust of the feet; aṅge — on my body; vibhūṣaṇa kari’ — taking as ornaments; kichu — something; muñi — I; karoṅ nivedana — wish to submit.

Translation

With all humility, I submit myself to the lotus feet of all of you devotees, taking the dust from your feet as my bodily ornaments. Now, my dear devotees, please hear one thing more from me.

Bengali

কৃষ্ণভক্তিসিদ্ধান্তগণ,     যাতে প্রফুল্ল পদ্মবন,
তার মধু করি’ আস্বাদন ।
প্রেমরস-কুমুদবনে,     প্ৰফুল্লিত রাত্রি-দিনে,
তাতে চরাও মনোভৃঙ্গগণ ॥ ২৭৩ ॥

Text

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-siddhānta-gaṇa,yāte praphulla padma-vana,
tāra madhu kari’ āsvādana
prema-rasa-kumuda-vane,praphullita rātri-dine,
tāte carāo mano-bhṛṅga-gaṇa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-siddhānta-gaṇa — the conclusive understanding of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; yāte — by which; praphulla — enlivened; padma-vana — the forest of lotus flowers; tāra madhu — the honey collected from those lotus flowers; kari’ āsvādana — relishing; prema-rasa — of transcendental love of Kṛṣṇa; kumuda-vane — in the forest of kumuda flowers (a type of lotus); praphullita — being jubilant; rātri-dine — day and night; tāte — in that forest of lotus flowers; carāo — make wander; manaḥ-bhṛṅga-gaṇa — the bumblebees of your minds.

Translation

Devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is exactly like a pleasing, jubilant forest of lotus flowers wherein there is ample honey. I request everyone to taste this honey. If all the mental speculators bring the bees of their minds into this forest of lotus flowers and jubilantly enjoy ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa day and night, their mental speculation will be completely transcendentally satisfied.

Bengali

নানা-ভাবের ভক্তজন,     হংস-চক্রবাকগণ,
যাতে সবে’ করেন বিহার ।
কৃষ্ণকেলি সুমৃণাল,     যাহা পাই সর্বকাল,
ভক্ত-হংস করয়ে আহার ॥ ২৭৪ ॥

Text

nānā-bhāvera bhakta-jana,haṁsa-cakravāka-gaṇa,
yāte sabe’ karena vihāra
kṛṣṇa-keli sumṛṇāla,
yāhā pāi sarva-kāla,
bhakta-haṁsa karaye āhāra

Synonyms

nānā-bhāvera bhakta-jana — devotees relishing relationships with Kṛṣṇa in different ecstasies; haṁsa-cakravāka-gaṇa — compared to swans and cakravāka birds; yāte — in that place; sabe’ — all; karena vihāra — enjoy life; kṛṣṇa-keli — the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa; su-mṛṇāla — sweet buds; yāhā pāi — which one can get; sarva-kāla — eternally; bhakta-haṁsa — the devotees, who are just like swans; karaye — do; āhāra — eating.

Translation

The devotees who have a relationship with Kṛṣṇa are like the swans and cakravāka birds who play in that forest of lotus flowers. The buds of those lotus flowers are the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, and they are edibles for the swanlike devotees. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is always engaged in His transcendental pastimes; therefore the devotees, following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, can always eat those lotus buds, for they are the pastimes of the Lord.

Bengali

সেই সরোবরে গিয়া,     হংস-চক্রবাক হঞা,
সদা তাহাঁ করহ বিলাস ।
খণ্ডিবে সকল দুঃখ,     পাইবা পরম সুখ,
অনায়াসে হবে প্রেমোল্লাস ॥ ২৭৫ ॥

Text

sei sarovare giyā,haṁsa-cakravāka hañā,
sadā tāhāṅ karaha vilāsa
khaṇḍibe sakala duḥkha,
pāibā parama sukha,
anāyāse habe premollāsa

Synonyms

sei sarovare giyā — going to that lake where the clusters of lotus flowers exist; haṁsa-cakravāka hañā — becoming swans or cakravāka birds; sadā — always; tāhāṅ — there; karaha vilāsa — enjoy life; khaṇḍibe — will be diminished; sakala duḥkha — all material anxieties and miseries; pāibā — you will get; parama sukha — the highest happiness; anāyāse — very easily; habe — there will be; prema-ullāsa — jubilation in love of God.

Translation

All the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu should go to that lake and, remaining always under the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, become swans and cakravāka birds in those celestial waters. They should go on rendering service to Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and enjoy life perpetually. In this way all miseries will be diminished, the devotees will attain great happiness, and there will be jubilant love of God.

Bengali

এই অমৃত অনুক্ষণ,     সাধু মহান্ত-মেঘগণ,
বিশ্বোদ্যানে করে বরিষণ ।
তাতে ফলে অমৃত-ফল,     ভক্ত খায় নিরন্তর,
তার শেষে জীয়ে জগজন ॥ ২৭৬ ॥

Text

ei amṛta anukṣaṇa,sādhu mahānta-megha-gaṇa,
viśvodyāne kare variṣaṇa
tāte phale amṛta-phala,
bhakta khāya nirantara,
tāra śeṣe jīye jaga-jana

Synonyms

ei amṛta — this nectar; anukṣaṇa — continuously; sādhu mahānta-megha-gaṇa — pure devotees and saintly persons, who are compared to clouds; viśva-udyāne — in the garden of the universe; kare variṣaṇa — rain down these nectarean pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; tāte — because of that; phale — grows; amṛta-phala — the fruit of nectar; bhakta khāya nirantara — and the devotees eat such fruit continuously; tāra śeṣe — after their eating; jīye jaga-jana — the living entities all over the world live peacefully.

Translation

The devotees who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu take the responsibility for distributing nectarean devotional service all over the world. They are like clouds pouring water on the ground that nourishes the fruit of love of Godhead in this world. The devotees eat that fruit to their hearts’ content, and whatever remnants they leave are eaten by the general populace. Thus they live happily.

Bengali

চৈতন্যলীলা — অমৃতপূর,     কৃষ্ণলীলা — সুকর্পূর,
দুহে মিলি’ হয় সুমাধুর্য ।
সাধু-গুরু-প্ৰসাদে,     তাহা যেই আস্বাদে,
সেই জানে মাধুর্য-প্রাচুর্য ॥ ২৭৭ ॥

Text

caitanya-līlā — amṛta-pūra,kṛṣṇa-līlā — sukarpūra,
duhe mili’ haya sumādhurya
sādhu-guru-prasāde,
tāhā yei āsvāde,
sei jāne mādhurya-prācurya

Synonyms

caitanya-līlā amṛta-pūra — the pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are full of nectar; kṛṣṇa-līlā su-karpūra — the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are exactly like camphor; duhe mili’ — the two meeting; haya — become; su-mādhurya — very, very palatable; sādhu-guru-prasāde — by the mercy of saintly persons and devotees in the transcendental position; tāhā — that; yei — anyone who; āsvāde — relishes this palatable nectar; sei jāne — he can understand; mādhurya-prācurya — the extensive quantity of sweetness in devotional service.

Translation

The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are full of nectar, and the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are like camphor. When one mixes these, they taste very sweet. By the mercy of the pure devotees, whoever tastes them can understand the depths of that sweetness.

Bengali

যে লীলা-অমৃত বিনে,     খায় যদি অন্নপানে,
তবে ভক্তের দুর্বল জীবন ।
যার একবিন্দু-পানে,     উৎফুল্লিত তনুমনে,
হাসে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ২৭৮ ॥

Text

ye līlā-amṛta vine,khāya yadi anna-pāne,
tabe bhaktera durbala jīvana
yāra eka-bindu-pāne,
utphullita tanu-mane,
hāse, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

ye — he who; līlā — of the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Caitanya Mahāprabhu; amṛta vine — without nectar; khāya yadi anna-pāne — if one eats only ordinary food grains; tabe — then; bhaktera — of the devotees; durbala jīvana — life becomes weakened; yāra — of which; eka-bindu-pāne — if one drinks one drop; utphullita tanu-mane — the body and mind become jubilant; hāse — laughs; gāya — chants; karaye nartana — dances.

Translation

Men become strong and stout by eating sufficient grains, but the devotee who simply eats ordinary grains but does not taste the transcendental pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa gradually becomes weak and falls down from the transcendental position. However, if one drinks but a drop of the nectar of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes, his body and mind begin to bloom, and he begins to laugh, sing and dance.

Purport

All the devotees connected with the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement must read all the books that have been translated (the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and others); otherwise, after some time, they will simply eat, sleep and fall down from their position. Thus they will miss the opportunity to attain an eternal, blissful life of transcendental pleasure.

Bengali

এ অমৃত কর পান,     যার সম নাহি আন,
চিত্তে করি’ সুদৃঢ় বিশ্বাস ।
না পড়’ কুতর্ক-গর্তে,     অমেধ্য কর্কশ আবর্তে,
যাতে পড়িলে হয় সর্বনাশ ॥ ২৭৯ ॥

Text

e amṛta kara pāna,yāra sama nāhi āna,
citte kari’ sudṛḍha viśvāsa
nā paḍa’ kutarka-garte,
amedhya karkaśa āvarte,
yāte paḍile haya sarva-nāśa

Synonyms

e amṛta kara pāna — all of you must drink this nectar; yāra sama nāhi āna — there is no comparison to this nectar; citte — within the mind; kari’ sudṛḍha viśvāsa — having firm faith in this conclusion; paḍa’ kutarka garte — do not fall down into the pit of false arguments; amedhya karkaśa āvarte — in the untouchable, harsh whirlpool; yāte — in which; paḍile — if one falls down; haya sarva-nāśa — the purpose of life will be spoiled.

Translation

The readers should relish this wonderful nectar because nothing compares to it. Keeping their faith firmly fixed within their minds, they should be careful not to fall into the pit of false arguments or the whirlpools of unfortunate situations. If one falls into such positions, he is finished.

Bengali

শ্রীচৈতন্য, নিত্যানন্দ,     অদ্বৈতাদি ভক্তবৃন্দ,
আর যত শ্রোতা ভক্তগণ ।
তোমা-সবার শ্রীচরণ,     করি শিরে বিভূষণ,
যাহা হৈতে অভীষ্ট-পূরণ ॥ ২৮০ ॥

Text

śrī-caitanya, nityānanda,advaitādi bhakta-vṛnda,
āra yata śrotā bhakta-gaṇa
tomā-sabāra śrī-caraṇa,
kari śire vibhūṣaṇa,
yāhā haite abhīṣṭa-pūraṇa

Synonyms

śrī-caitanya nityānanda — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Lord Nityānanda; advaita-ādi bhakta-vṛnda — as well as the devotees like Advaita Ācārya; āra — and; yata śrotā bhakta-gaṇa — all the devotees who listen; tomā-sabāra śrī-caraṇa — the lotus feet of all of you; kari śire vibhūṣaṇa — I keep on my head as a helmet; yāhā haite — from which; abhīṣṭa-pūraṇa — all my purposes will be served.

Translation

In conclusion, I submit to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Nityānanda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu and all the other devotees and readers that I accept your lotus feet as the helmet on my head. In this way, all my purposes will be served.

Bengali

শ্রীরূপ-সনাতন-     রঘুনাথ-জীব-চরণ,
শিরে ধরি, — যার করোঁ আশ ।
কৃষ্ণলীলামৃতান্বিত,     চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত,
কহে কিছু দীন কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ২৮১ ॥

Text

śrī-rūpa-sanātana-raghunātha-jīva-caraṇa,
śire dhari, — yāra karoṅ āśa
kṛṣṇa-līlāmṛtānvita,
caitanya-caritāmṛta,
kahe kichu dīna kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpa-sanātana — of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and of Sanātana Gosvāmī; raghunātha-jīva — of Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī; caraṇa — the lotus feet; śire dhari — taking on my head; yāra — of which; karoṅ āśa — I always desire; kṛṣṇa-līlā-amṛta-anvita — mixed with the nectar of kṛṣṇa-līlā; caitanya-caritāmṛta — the pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahe — is trying to speak; kichu — something; dīna — most humble; kṛṣṇadāsa — Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Taking the feet of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Jīva Gosvāmī on my head, I always desire their mercy. Thus I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, humbly try to describe the nectar of the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are mixed with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Bengali

শ্রীমন্মদনগোপাল-গোবিন্দদেব-তুষ্টয়ে ।
চৈতন্যার্পিতমস্ত্বেতচ্চৈতন্যচরিতামৃতম্ ॥ ২৮২ ॥

Text

śrīman-madana-gopāla-
govinda-deva-tuṣṭaye
caitanyārpitam astv etac
caitanya-caritāmṛtam

Synonyms

śrīman-madana-gopāla — of the Deity named Śrīman Madana-gopāla; govinda-deva — of the Deity named Govindadeva; tuṣṭaye — for the satisfaction; caitanya-arpitam — offered unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; astu — let it be; etat — this; caitanya-caritāmṛtam — the book known as Caitanya-caritāmṛta.

Translation

For the satisfaction of Śrī Madana-gopāla and Govindadeva, we pray that this book, Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, may be offered to Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Bengali

তদিদমতিরহস্যং গৌরলীলামৃতং যৎ
খল-সমুদয়-কোলৈর্নাদৃতং তৈরলভ্যম্ ।
ক্ষতিরিয়মিহ কা মে স্বাদিতং যৎ সমন্তাৎ
সহৃদয়-সুমনোভির্মোদমেষাং তনোতি ॥ ২৮৩ ॥

Text

tad idam ati-rahasyaṁ gaura-līlāmṛtaṁ yat
khala-samudaya-kolair nādṛtaṁ tair alabhyam
kṣatir iyam iha kā me svāditaṁ yat samantāt
sahṛdaya-sumanobhir modam eṣāṁ tanoti

Synonyms

tat — that (Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta); idam — this; ati-rahasyam — full of spiritual mysteries; gaura-līlā-amṛtam — the nectar of the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yat — which; khala-samudaya — envious rascals; kolaiḥ — by pigs; na — never; ādṛtam — praised; taiḥ — by them; alabhyam — not obtainable; kṣatiḥ iyam iha — what is the loss in this connection; me — of me; svāditam — tasted; yat — which; samantāt — completely; sahṛdaya-sumanobhiḥ — by those who are friendly and whose minds are very clean; modam — enjoyment; eṣām — of them; tanoti — expands.

Translation

The Caitanya-caritāmṛta pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu constitute a very secret literature. It is the life and soul of all devotees. Those who are not fit to relish this literature, who are envious like hogs and pigs, will certainly not adore it. However, this will not harm my attempt. These pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu will certainly please all saintly people who have clear hearts. They will certainly enjoy it. We wish that this will enhance their enjoyment more and more.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, twenty-fifth chapter, describing how the inhabitants of Vārāṇasī were converted to Vaiṣṇavism.

Note:

The author of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī, has condemned all his enemies by comparing them to envious hogs and pigs. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, which is spreading throughout the world, is being appreciated by sincere people, although they have never previously heard of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. Now even the higher, priestly circles are appreciating this movement. They have concluded that this movement is very nice and that they have something to learn from it. Nonetheless, in India there are some people who say that they belong to this cult but who are actually very envious of the ācārya. They have tried to suppress our activities in many ways, but as far as we are concerned, we follow in the footsteps of Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī and take them as envious pigs and hogs. We simply wish to present the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to the best of our ability so that those who are really honest can cleanse their hearts. We hope that they enjoy this literature and bestow their blessings upon us. It appears that even such a great personality as Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī met with some envious obstacles; what, then, to speak of us, who are only insignificant creatures in this universe. We are simply trying to execute the orders of our spiritual master to the best of our ability.

END OF THE MADHYA-LĪLĀ